You are on page 1of 362

How to Use This Manual

   
How to Use This Manual
This supplement contains information for the 2001 HONDA CIVIC General Info
COUPE. Refer to following shop manual for service procedures Specifications
and data on this CD. Maintenance
HONDA CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR  Engine Electrical
and CONSTRUCTION 2001 Engine
Cooling
Fuel and Emissions
Safety Messages
*Transaxle
Your safety and the safety of others, is very important. To help you
* Body
make informed decisions, we have provided safety messages and
other safety information throughout this manual. Of course, it is not * Body Electrical
practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated *Restraints
with servicing this vehicle. You must use your own good judgement.
You will find important safety information in a variety of forms
including:
Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol

and one of three signal words, DANGER,


WARNING or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:

DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do
not follow instructions.

WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you do
not follow instructions.

CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you do not follow instructions.
Instructions - how to service this vehicle correctly and
safely.

All information contained in this manual is based on the latest


product information available at the time of printing. We
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in
retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher. This
includes text, figures and tables.
As you read this manual, you will find information that is
preceded by a symbol. The purpose of this
message is to help prevent damage to your vehicle, other
property, or the environment.
First Edition 9/2000 341 pages
All Rights Reserved
HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD.
Service Publication Office
As sections with *include SRS components;
special precautions are required when servicing.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/0-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:22 PM]


A Few Words about Safety

  IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS


A Few Words about Safety
Service Information

The service and repair information contained in this manual is Make sure you have a clear understanding of all
intended for use by qualified, professional technicians. basic shop safety practices and that you are wearing
Attempting service or repairs without the proper training, tools appropriate clothing and using safety equipment.
and equipment could cause injury to you or others. It could When performing any service task, be especially
also damage the vehicle or create an unsafe condition. careful of the following:
This manual describes the proper methods and procedures for Read all of the instructions before you begin and
performing service, maintenance and repairs. Some procedures make sure you have the tools, the replacement or
require the use of specially designed tools and dedicated repair parts and the skills required to perform the
equipment. Any person who intends to use a replacement part, tasks safely and completely.
service procedure or a tool that is not recommended by Honda, Protect your eyes by using proper safety glasses,
must determine the risks to their personal safety and the safe goggles or face shields any time you hammer, drill,
operation of the vehicle. grind or work around pressurised air or liquids and
springs or other stored-energy components. If there
If you need to replace a part, use genuine Honda parts with
is any doubt, put on eye protection.
the correct part number or an equivalent part. We strongly
Use other protective wear when necessary, for
recommend that you do not use replacement parts of inferior
example gloves or safety shoes. Handling hot or
quality.
sharp parts can cause severe burns or cuts. Before
FOR YOUR CUSTOMER'S SAFETY you grab something that looks like it can hurt you,
Proper service and maintenance are essential to the stop and put on gloves.
customer's safety and the reliability of the vehicle. Any error or Protect yourself and others whenever you have the
oversight while servicing a vehicle can result in faulty vehicle up in the air. Any time you lift the vehicle,
operation, damage to the vehicle, or injury to others. either with a hoist or a jack, make sure that it is
always securely supported. Use jack stands.
WARNING Make sure the engine is off before you begin any
Improper service or repairs can create an unsafe servicing procedures, unless the instruction tells you
condition that can cause your customer or others to do otherwise. This will help eliminate several
to be seriously hurt or killed. potential hazards:
Follow the procedures and precautions in this Carbon monoxide poisoning from engine exhaust.
manual and other service materials carefully. Be sure there is adequate ventilation whenever you
run the engine.
FOR YOUR SAFETY Burns from hot parts or coolant. Let the engine and
exhaust system cool before working in those areas.
Because this manual is intended for the professional service
Injury from moving parts. If the instruction tells you
technician, we do not provide warnings about many basic shop
to run the engine, be sure your hands, fingers and
safety practices (e.g., Hot parts - wear gloves). If you have not
clothing are out of the way.
received shop safety training or do not feel confident about
your knowledge of safe servicing practices, we recommend that Gasoline vapours and hydrogen gases from batteries
you do not attempt to perform the procedures described in this are explosive. To reduce the possibility of a fire or
manual. explosion, be careful when working around gasoline
or batteries.
WARNING Use only a non-flammable solvent, not gasoline to
Failure to properly follow instructions and clean parts.
precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or Never drain or store gasoline in an open container.
killed. Keep all cigarettes, sparks and flames away from
the battery and all fuel-related parts.
Follow the procedures and precautions in this
manual carefully.

Some of the most important general service safety precautions


are given below. However, we cannot warn you of every
conceivable hazard that can arise in performing service and
repair procedures. Only you can decide whether or not you
should perform a given task.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/0-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:22 PM]


Introduction - Introduction

   
Introduction
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub and a passenger's airbag in the dashboard
above the glove box and seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tenioners in the front seat belt
buckles and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual, P/N 62S5A00. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include, or are located near SRS components.
Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require special precautions and tools and should therefore be done by an
authorised Honda dealer.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal
collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an authorised Honda dealer.
Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused
by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or airbags may deploy when the ignition switch
is ON (II).
SRS electrical wiring harnesses are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components are located in the steering
column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats and
around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/0-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:22 PM]


Introduction - Introduction

   
Introduction
Outline of Model Change
ITEM DESCRIPTION 2001 MODEL REFERENCE
SECTION
General Coupe model added O -
D17A8, D17A9 engines added
Engine Electrical D17A8, D17A9 engine added O 4
Engine D17A8, D17A9 engines added O -
Fuel and Emissions Coupe model added O 11
Automatic Transmission Shift schedule added O 14
Body Coupe model added O 20
Body Electrical Coupe model added O 22
Restraints Coupe model added O 23

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/0-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:22 PM]


Engine Cooling - Engine Cooling

   
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Component Location Index 10-2

Fan Controls
Circuit Diagram 10-5

NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N62S5A00 on this CD for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/10-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:23 PM]


Engine Cooling - Cooling System

  10-2
Cooling System
Component Location Index

DENSO:
1. A/C CONDENSER FAN ASSEMBLY
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
Fan Motor Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
2. O-RING
3. UPPER RADIATOR HOSE
4. RADIATOR CAP
5. RADIATOR
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
6. COOLANT RESERVOIR
7. LOWER RADIATOR HOSE
8. ATF COOLER HOSES
9. DRAIN PLUG
10. RADIATOR FAN
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
11. RADIATOR FAN SHROUD
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
12. RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual
on this CD
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD

TOYO RADIATOR:
1. A/C CONDENSER FAN ASSEMBLY
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
Fan Motor Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
2. O-RING
3. UPPER RADIATOR HOSE
4. RADIATOR CAP
5. RADIATOR
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
6. COOLANT RESERVOIR
7. LOWER RADIATOR HOSE
8. ATF COOLER HOSES
9. DRAIN PLUG
10. RADIATOR FAN
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
11. RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
Test, page 10-6 in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual
on this CD
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD
12. RADIATOR FAN SHROUD
Replacement, page 10-11 in the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/10-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:23 PM]


Engine Cooling - Cooling System

  10-3
Cooling System
Component Location Index (cont'd)

RHD models:
1. WATER BYPASS HOSE
2. WATER PASSAGE
3. CONNECTING PIPE
4. HEATER HOSES
5. HEATER VALVE

LHD models:
1. WATER BYPASS HOSE
2. WATER PASSAGE
3. CONNECTING PIPE
4. HEATER VALVE
5. HEATER HOSES

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/10-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:23 PM]


Engine Cooling - Cooling System

  10-4
Cooling System
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. O-RING
2. GASKET
3. EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR)
VALVE, (D7A9 engine)
4. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
SENSOR
5. O-RING
6. RADIATOR FAN SWITCH
7. O-RING
8. WATER PASSAGE
9. O-RING
10. CONNECTING PIPE
11. CONNECTING PIPE
12. O-RING
13. WATER PUMP
Inspection, page 10-7
in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 10-7
in the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/10-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:23 PM]


Fan Controls

  10-5
Fan Controls
Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/10-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:23 PM]


General Information - General Information

   
General Information
Chassis and Engine Numbers 1-2
Identification Number Locations 1-4
Abbreviations 1-5

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:24 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions

   
Fuel and Emissions

KB, KE, KG, KR models 11-1


KK, KX, KY models 11-75

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-0.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:24 PM]


KB, KE, KG, KR models

   
KB, KE, KG, KR models

Fuel and Emissions Systems


DTC Troubleshooting Index 11-2
Symptom Troubleshooting Index 11-5
System Descriptions 11-6

PGM-FI System
Component Location Index 11-51
DTC Troubleshooting 11-54
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 11-56

Idle Control System


Component Location Index 11-68
PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 11-69
Idle Speed Adjustment 11-71

Fuel Supply System


Component Location Index 11-72
Fuel Tank Replacement 11-73

Refer to the 2001 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A000 on this CD [4-door (KB, KE, KG, TR models)], for items not shown in this
section.
Outline of Civic Coupe Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engine has been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:24 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-10
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal Wire
Terminal name Description Signal
number colour

MAP (MANIFOLD With ignition switch ON (II): about 3 V


ABSOLUTE Detects MAP sensor
19 GRN/RED At idle: about 1.0 V (depending on engine
PRESSURE (MAP) signal
speed)
SENSOR)

VCC2 (SENSOR Provides sensor With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V


20 YEL/BLU
VOLTAGE) voltage With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V

VCC1 (SENSOR Provides sensor With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V


21 YEL/RED
VOLTAGE) voltage With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V

Ground for the


23 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) Less than 1.0 V at all times
ECM/PCM circuit

Ground for the


24 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Less than 1.0 V at all times
ECM/PCM circuit

TDC (TOP DEAD


26 GRN CENTRE (TDC) Detects TDC sensor With engine running: pulses
SENSOR)

IGPLS4 (No. 4 Drives No. 4 ignition With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
27 BRN
IGNITION COIL PULSE) coil With engine running: pulses

IGPLS3 (No. 3 Drives No. 3 ignition


28 WHT/BLU
IGNITION COIL PULSE) coil

IGPLS2 (No. 2 Drives No. 2 ignition


29 BLU/RED
IGNITION COIL PULSE) coil

IGPLS1 (No. 1 Drives No. 1 ignition


30 YEL/GRN
IGNITION COIL PULSE) coil
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:24 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-11
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (24P)

Wire side of female terminals


NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal Wire colour Terminal name Description Signal
number
2 YEL INJ4 (No. 4 INJECTOR) Drives No. 4 injector With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
3 BLU INJ3 (No. 3 INJECTOR) Drives No. 3 injector At idle: duty controlled
4 RED INJ2 (No. 2 INJECTOR) Drives No. 2 injector
5 BRN INJ1 (No. 1 INJECTOR) Drives No. 1 injector
6 GRN FANC (RADIATOR FAN Drives radiator fan relay With radiator fan running: about 0 V
CONTROL) With radiator fan stopped: battery voltage
7*2 RED/BLK LSA + (A/T PRESSURE Drives A/T pressure With the ignition switch ON (II): duty
CONTROL SOLENOID control solenoid valve A controlled
VALVE A + SIDE
8 RED/WHT ECT (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor With the ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1-4.8
TEMPERATURE (ECT) signal V
SENSOR) (depending on engine coolant temperature)
9*1 BLU/BLK VTPSW (VTEC OIL Detects VTEC oil At idle: about 0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) pressure switch signal
10 WHT/BLU ALTL (ALTERNATOR L Detects alternator L signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
SIGNAL) With engine running: battery voltage
13 WHT/RED ALTF (ALTERNATOR FR Detects alternator FR With engine running: 0 V-5 V
SIGNAL) signal (depending on electrical load)
14*1 BLU/RED EGR (EXHAUST GAS Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: duty controlled
RECIRCULATION (EGR) With EGR not operating: about 0 V
VALVE)
15*1 GRN/YEL VTS (VTEC SOLENOID Drives VTEC solenoid At idle: about 0 V
VALVE) valve
16*2 BLK/RED LSB + (A/T PRESSURE Drives A/T pressure With the ignition switch ON (II): duty
CONTROL SOLENOID control solenoid valve B controlled
VALVE B + SIDE)
17 RED/YEL IAT (INTAKE AIR Detects IAT sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1 V-4.8 V
TEMPERATURE (IAT) (depending on intake air temperature)
SENSOR)
21 YEL/BLU PCS (EVAPORATIVE Drives EVAP canister With engine running, engine coolant below
EMISSION (EVAP) purge valve 70°C (158°F): battery voltage
CANISTER PURGE With engine running, engine coolant above
VALVE) 70°C (158°F): duty controlled

*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:24 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:24 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-12
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C (22P)

Wire side of female terminals


NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal Wire colour Terminal name Description Signal
number
1*2 WHT/BLK LSA- (A/T PRESSURE Ground for A/T pressure  
CONTROL SOLENOID control solenoid valve A
VALVE A-SIDE
2*2 YEL/BLU LC (TORQUE Drives torque converter With lock-up ON: battery voltage
CONVERTER CLUTCH clutch solenoid valve With lock-up OFF: about 0 V
SOLENOID VALVE)
4*2 GRN/WHT SHB (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid valve With engine running in 1st, 2nd gears: battery
VALVE B) B voltage
With engine running in 3rd, 4th gears: about
0V
6*2 BLU/BLK SHA (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid valve With engine running in 2nd, 3rd gears:
VALVE A) A battery voltage
With engine running in 1st, 4th gears: about
0V
7*2 WHT/RED NM (MAINSHAFT SPEED Detects mainshaft speed With engine running: pulses
SENSOR) sensor signals
8*2 BRN/WHT LSB- (A/T PRESSURE Ground for A/T pressure  
CONTROL SOLENOID control solenoid valve B
VALVE B-SIDE)
9*2 RED ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In D3 position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH D3 range switch D3 position In any other position: about 5 V or battery
POSITION) signal voltage
10*2 WHT ATPR (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In R position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH R range switch R position In any other position: about 5 V or battery
POSITION) signal voltage
11*2 BLU ATP2 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In 2nd position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH 2 range switch 2 position In any other position: about 5 V or battery
POSITION) signal voltage
12*2 BLU/WHT ATPNP (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In Park or neutral: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH range switch Neutral/Park In any other position: about 5 V or battery
NEUTRAL/PARK position signal voltage
POSITION)
14*2 GRN NCSG (COUNTERSHAFT Ground for countershaft  
SPEED SENSOR speed sensor
GROUND)
15*2 BLU NC (COUNTERSHAFT Detects countershaft With ignition switch ON (II) and front wheels
SPEED SENSOR) speed sensor signals rotating: battery voltage
19*2 BRN ATP1 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In 1st position: about 0 V

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

RANGE SWITCH 1 range switch 1 position In any other position: about 5 V or battery
POSITION) signal voltage
20*2 YEL ATPD (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In D position: about 0 V
RANGE SWITCH D range switch D position In any other position: about 5 V or battery
POSITION) signal voltage
21*2 WHT/GRN NMSG (MAINSHAFT Ground for mainshaft  
SPEED SENSOR speed sensor
GROUND)

*1:D17A8 engine
*2:A/T

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-13
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector E (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal Wire colour Terminal name Description Signal
number
1 GRN/YEL IMO FPR (IMMOBILIZER Drives PGM-FI main relay 0 V for 2 seconds after turning ignition switch
FUEL PUMP RELAY) 2 ON (II), then battery voltage
2 WHT/RED SHO2S (SECONDARY Detects secondary HO2S With throttle fully opened from idle with fully
HEATED OXYGEN (sensor 2) signal warmed up engine: above 0.6 V
SENSOR (SECONDARY With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
HO2S), SENSOR 2)
3 BRN/YEL LG3 (LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
control circuit
4 PNK SG3 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
6 BLK/WHT SO2SHTC (SECONDARY Drives secondary HO2S With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
HEATED OXYGEN heater With fully warmed up engine running: duty
SENSOR (SECONDARY controlled
HO2S) HEATER
CONTROL)
7 RED/YEL MRLY (PGM-FI MAIN Drives PGM-FI main relay With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V
RELAY) 1 Power source for the With ignition switch OFF: battery voltage
DTC memory
9 YEL/BLK IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
16 LT GRN/BLK PSPSW (POWER Detects PSP switch signal At idle with steering wheel in straight ahead
STEERING PRESSURE position: about 0 V
SWITCH SIGNAL) At idle with steering wheel at full lock: battery
voltage
18 RED ACC (A/C CLUTCH Drives A/C clutch relay With compressor ON: about 0 V
RELAY) With compressor OFF: battery voltage
22 WHT/BLK BKSW (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal With brake pedal released: about 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal With brake pedal pressed: battery voltage
23 LT BLU K-LINE Sends and receives scan With ignition switch ON (II): pulses or battery
tool signal voltage
24 YEL SEFMJ Communicates with With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
multiplex control unit With engine running under load: pulses
26 BLU NEP (ENGINE SPEED Outputs engine speed With engine running: pulses
PULSE) pulse
27 RED/BLU IMOCD (IMMOBILIZER Detects immobiliser signal  
CODE)
29 BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECK Detects service check With the service check signal shorted: about
SIGNAL) signal 0V

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

With the service check signal opened: about


5 V battery voltage
31 GRN/ORN MIL (MALFUNCTION Drives MIL With MIL turned ON: about 0 V
INDICATOR LAMP) With MIL turned OFF: battery voltage

*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-14
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Vacuum Hose Routing


1. To EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
(EVAP) CANISTER
2. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)
CANISTER PURGE VALVE
3. FRONT OF VEHICLE

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-15
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Vacuum Distribution

1. 0. ENGINE COOLANT.
1. (D17A9 ENGINE)

(1) PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY HO2S) (13) FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
(SENSOR 1)
    (14) FUEL PUMP
(2) SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY (15) FUEL TANK
HO2S) (SENSOR 2)
    (16) AIR CLEANER
(3) MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR (17) RESONATOR

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

(4) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR (18) EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE and
POSITION SENSOR
(5) INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR    
(6) CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (19) POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE
(7) KNOCK SENSOR (20) THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER
(8) IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) VALVE (21) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER
(9) THROTTLE BODY (22) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE
VALVE
(10) INJECTOR    
(11) FUEL PULSATION DAMPER (23) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) TWO WAY VALVE
(12) FUEL FILTER

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-16
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

PGM-FI System Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor


The Programmed Fuel Injection (PGM-FI) system is a The ECT sensor is a temperature dependent resistor
sequential multiport fuel injection system. (thermistor). The resistor of the thermistor decreases as the
Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay engine coolant temperature increases.
When the ECM/PCM receives a demand for cooling from the
A/C system, it delays the compressor from being energised,
and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C
mode.
Alternator Control
The alternator signals the Engine Control Module
(ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) during charging.
Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor 1. 1. THERMISTOR

The BARO sensor is inside the ECM/PCM. It converts Ignition Timing Control
atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that modifies the The ECM/PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing at
basic duration of the fuel injection discharge. various engine speeds and manifold absolute pressure. It also
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor adjusts the timing according to engine coolant temperature.
The CKP sensor detects engine speed and determines ignition Injector Timing and Duration
timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder. The ECM/PCM contains the memory for basic discharge
duration at various engine speeds and manifold pressures. The
basic discharge duration, after being read out from the
memory, is further modified by signals sent from various
sensors to obtain the final discharge duration.
By monitoring long term fuel trim, the ECM/PCM detects long
term malfunctions in the fuel system and will set a Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC).
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
The IAT sensor is a temperature dependent resistor
(thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases as the
intake air temperature increases.
1. 1. MAGNET

2. 1. THERMISTOR

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:25 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-17
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Knock Sensor Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S)


The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to The primary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust
minimise knock. gas and sends signals to the ECM/PCM which varies the
duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilise its output, the
sensor has an internal heater. The primary HO2S is installed in
the exhaust manifold. By controlling the air fuel ratio with
primary HO2S and secondary HO2S, the deterioration of the
primary HO2S can be evaluated by its feedback period. When
the feedback period exceeds a certain value during stable
driving conditions, the sensor is considered deteriorated and
1. 1. WEIGHT the ECM/PCM sets a DTC.
2. PIEZO ELEMENT

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor


The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into
electrical signals to the ECM/PCM.

1. 1. ZIRCONIA ELEMENT
2. SENSOR TERMINALS
3. HEATER TERMINALS
4. HEATER

Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary


HO2S)
The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the
2. 1. SENSOR UNIT exhaust gas downstream of the Three Way Catalytic Converter
(TWC) and sends signals to the ECM/PCM which varies the
duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilise its output, the
sensor has an internal heater. The secondary HO2S is
installed in the TWC.

2. 1. ZIRCONIA ELEMENT
2. SENSOR TERMINALS
3. HEATER TERMINALS
4. HEATER

Starting Control
When the engine is started, the ECM/PCM provides a rich
mixture by increasing injector duration.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-17.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:26 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-18
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Idle Control System


The TP sensor is a potentiometer connected to the throttle When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the
valve shaft. As the throttle position changes, the sensor varies transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is pressed, the power
the signal voltage to the ECM/PCM. The TP sensor is not steering load is high, or the alternator is charging, the
replaceable apart from the throttle body. ECM/PCM controls current to the Idle Air Control (IAC) valve to
maintain the correct idle speed. Refer to the System Diagram
to see the functional layout of the system.
Brake Pedal Position Switch
The brake pedal position switch signals the ECM/PCM when
the brake pedal is pressed.
Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve
To maintain the proper idle speed, the IAC valve changes the
amount of air bypassing the throttle body in response to an
electrical signal from the ECM/PCM.
1. 1. ELEMENT
2. BRUSH HOLDER
3. BRUSH

Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor


The TDC sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a
reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder.

1. 1. VALVE
2. From AIR CLEANER
3. To INTAKE MANIFOLD

Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch


The PSP switch signals the ECM/PCM when the power
steering load is high.

2. 1. MAGNET

Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)


The VSS is driven by the differential. It generates a pulsed
signal from an input of 5 volts. The number of pulses per
minute increases/decreases with the speed of the vehicle.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-18.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:26 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-19
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Fuel Supply System Intake Air System


Fuel Cut-off Control Refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the
During deceleration with the throttle valve closed, current to the system.
injectors is cut off to improve fuel economy at speeds over 850 Throttle Body
rpm (min-1). Fuel cut-off action also occurs when engine The throttle body is a single-barrel down draft type. The side
speed exceeds 6,900 rpm (min-1) regardless of the position of portion of the IAC valve is heated by engine coolant from the
the throttle valve, to protect the engine from over-revving. With cylinder head.
A/T model, when the vehicle is stopped, the PCM cuts the fuel
at engine speeds over 5,000 rpm (min-1).
Fuel Pump Control
When the ignition is turned on, the ECM/PCM grounds the
PGM-FI main relay which feeds current to the fuel pump for 2
seconds to pressurise the fuel system. With the engine running,
the ECM/PCM grounds the PGM-FI main relay and feeds
current to the fuel pump. When the engine is not running and
the ignition is on, the ECM/PCM cuts ground to the PGM-FI
main relay which cuts current to the fuel pump.
PGM-FI Main Relay 1 and 2
The PGM-FI relay consists of two separate relays. The PGM-
FI main relay 1 is energised whenever the ignition switch is
ON (II) which supplies battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power
to the injectors and power for the PGM-FI main relay 2. The
PGM-FI main relay 2 is energised to supply power to the fuel
pump for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) 1. 1. TP SENSOR
and when the engine is running. 2. IAC VALVE

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-19.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:26 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-2
Fuel and Emissions Systems
DTC Troubleshooting Index
Scan tool DTC Honda DTC Detection Item Page
DTC Temporary DTC (MIL Temporary
DTC Indication*) DTC
P0107 - 3-1 (3) - Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Circuit Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-59)
P0108 - 3-2 (3) - Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-60)
P0112 - 10-1 (10) - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-61)
P0113 - 10-2 (10) - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-62)
P0117 - 6-1 (6) - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Circuit Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-63)
P0118 - 6-2 (6) - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-64)
P0122 - 7-1 (7) - Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Low Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-65)
P0123 - 7-2 (7) - Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit High Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-67)
P0131 - 1-1 (1) - Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
HO2S) (Sensor 1) Circuit Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-68)
P0132 - 1-2 (1) - Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
HO2S) (Sensor 1) Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-69)
P0133 P0133 61-1 (61) T61-1 Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
HO2S) (Sensor 1) Slow Response Manual on this CD (see page
11-70)
P0135 - 41-2 (41) - Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
HO2S) (Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-71)
P0137 P0137 63-1 (63) T63-1 Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
(Secondary HO2S) (Sensor 2) Circuit Low Manual on this CD (see page
Voltage 11-73)
P0138 P0138 63-2 (63) T63-2 Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
(Secondary HO2S) (Sensor 2) Circuit High Manual on this CD (see page
Voltage 11-74)
P0139 P0139 63-3 (63) T63-3 Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
(Secondary HO2S) (Sensor 2) Slow Manual on this CD (see page
Response 11-75)

*:These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) when SCS short connector is connected.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:26 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

**:The D indicator light and the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may come on simultaneously.
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T
*3:M/T

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:26 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-20
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Catalytic Converter System Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System


Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) Refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the
The TWC converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), system.
and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon EGR Valve
dioxide (CO2), dinitrogen (N2), and water vapour. The EGR valve is designed to lower peak combustion
temperatures and reduce oxides of nitrogen emissions (NOx)
by recirculating exhaust gas through the intake manifold and
into the combustion chambers.
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System
The PCV valve prevents blow-by gasses from escaping into
the atmosphere by venting them into the intake manifold.

1. 1. HOUSING
2. FRONT OF VEHICLE
3. THREE WAY CATALYSTS

1. 1. PCV HOSE
2. BREATHER PIPE
3. INTAKE MANIFOLD
4. PCV VALVE
5. BLOW BY VAPOUR
6. FRESH AIR

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-20.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:27 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-21
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System


Refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the
system.
EVAP Canister
The EVAP canister temporarily stores fuel vapour from the fuel
tank until it can be purged back into the engine and burned
(refer to the System Diagram to see the functional layout of the
system).
EVAP Canister Purge Valve
When the engine coolant temperature is below 70°C (158°F),
the ECM/PCM turns off the EVAP canister purge valve which
cuts vacuum to the EVAP canister.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-21.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:27 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-22
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Idle Control System Diagram


The idle speed of the engine is controlled by the Idle Air Control (IAC) valve:
After the engine starts, the IAC valve opens for a certain amount of time. The amount of air is increased to raise the
idle speed.
When the engine coolant temperature is low, the IAC valve is opened to obtain the proper fast idle speed. The
amount of bypassed air is thus controlled in relation to engine coolant temperature.

Intake Air System Diagram


This system supplies air for engine needs. A resonator in the intake air pipe provides additional silencing as air is drawn into the
system.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-22.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:27 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-23
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Diagram


The EGR system reduces oxides of nitrogen (NOx) emissions by recirculating exhaust gas through the EGR valve and the intake
manifold into the combustion chambers. The ECM/PCM memory includes the ideal EGR valve position for varying operating
conditions.
The EGR valve position sensor detects the amount of EGR valve lift and sends it to the ECM/PCM. The ECM/PCM then compares
it with the ideal lift in its memory (based on signals sent from other sensors). If there is any difference between the two, the
ECM/PCM cuts current to the EGR valve.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-23.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:27 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-24
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Diagram


The EVAP controls minimise the amount of fuel vapour escaping to the atmosphere. Vapour from the fuel tank is temporarily stored
in the EVAP canister until it can be purged from the EVAP canister into the engine and burned.
The EVAP canister is purged by drawing fresh air through it and into a port on the intake manifold.
The purging vacuum is controlled by the EVAP canister purge valve, which is open whenever engine coolant temperature is
above 70°C (158°F).
When vapour pressure in the fuel tank is higher than the set value of the EVAP two way valve, the valve opens and
regulates the flow of fuel vapour to the EVAP canister.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-24.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:27 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-25
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-25.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:27 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-26
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-26.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:28 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-27
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-27.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:28 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-28
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-28.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:28 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-29
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-29.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:28 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-3
Fuel and Emissions Systems
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
Scan tool DTC Honda DTC Detection Item Page
DTC Temporary DTC (MIL Temporary
DTC Indication*) DTC
P0141 - 65-2 (65) - Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
(Secondary HO2S) (Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Manual on this CD (see page
Malfunction 11-76)
P0171 P0171 45-2 (45) T45-2 Fuel system Too Lean (see page 11-54)
P0172 P0172 45-1 (45) T45-1 Fuel system Too Rich (see page 11-54)
P0300 and - 71-1 (71) - Random Misfire (see page 11-55)
some of 72-1 (72)
P0301 73-1 (73)
P0302 74-1 (74)
P0303
P0304
P0301 P0301 71-1(71) T71-1 No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-80)
P0302 P0302 72-1(72) T72-1 No. 2 Cylinder Misfire Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-80)
P0303 P0303 73-1(73) T73-1 No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-80)
P0304 P0304 74-1(74) T74-1 No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-80)
P0325 - 23-1 (23) - Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-85)
P0335 - 4-1 (4) - Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor No Signal Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-88)
P0336 - 4-2 (4) - Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Intermittent Interruption Manual on this CD (see page
11-88)
P0401*1 P0401*1 80-1 (80)*1 T80-1*1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Insufficient Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Flow Manual on this CD (see page
11-154)
P0420 P0420 67-1 (67) T67-1 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-153)
P0443 - 92-4 (92) - Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Valve Circuit Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-161)
P0500*3 - 17-1 (17) - Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-90)
P0501*2 - 17-2*2 - Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Range/Performance Manual on this CD (see page
11-90)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:29 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

*:These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the MIL when SCS short connector is connected.
**:The D indicator light and the MIL may come on simultaneously.
*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T
*3:M/T

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:29 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-30
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-30.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:29 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-31
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-31.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:29 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-32
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-32.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:29 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-33
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-33.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:29 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-34
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


LHD model:
1. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS
2. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS

*1: D17A9 engine*2: A/T

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-34.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:30 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-35
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-35.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:30 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-36
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


LHD model:
1. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-36.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:30 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-37
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-37.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:30 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-38
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


LHD model:
1. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
2. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS B
3. ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS
4. ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-38.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:30 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-39
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

*: Terminal side of female terminals

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-39.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:31 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-4
Fuel and Emissions Systems
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
Scan tool DTC Honda DTC Detection Item Page
DTC Temporary DTC (MIL Temporary
DTC Indication*) DTC
P0563 - 34-2 (34) - Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Control Module (PCM) Power Source Circuit Manual on this CD (see page
Unexpected Voltage 11-91)
P0600 - 39-1 (39) - Serial Communication Link Malfunction Refer to the Multiplex Control
System Troubleshooting,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
22-273).
P07xx** *2 - 70-2 (70)*2 - Automatic Transaxle System Malfunction*2 Refer to the Automatic
Transmission DTC
Troubleshooting Index
P1107 - 13-1 (13) - Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Low Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-93)
P1108 - 13-2 (13) - Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-93)
P1259*1 - 22-4 (22)*1 - VTEC System Malfunction*1 Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-94)
P1324 - 23-2 (23) - Knock Sensor Power Source Circuit Low Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-87)
P1361 - 8-2 (8) - Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor Intermittent Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Interruption Manual on this CD (see page
11-98)
P1362 - 8-1 (8) - Top Dead Centre (TDC) Sensor No Signal Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page
11-98)
P1491*1 P1491*1 12-3 (12)*1 T12-3*1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Insufficient Lift Manual on this CD (see page
11-154)
P1498*1 - 12-2 (12)*1 - Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage Manual on this CD (see page
11-158)
P1519 - 14-3 (14) - Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Circuit Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Malfunction Manual on this CD (see page
11-117)
P1607 - 0-2 - Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Control Module (PCM) Internal Circuit Manual on this CD (see page
Malfunction 11-99)
P17xx** *2 - 70-3 (70)*2 - Automatic Transaxle System Malfunction*2 Refer to the Automatic
Transmission DTC
Troubleshooting Index

*:These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the MIL when SCS short connector is connected.
**:The D indicator light and the MIL may come on simultaneously.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:31 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:31 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-40
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


LHD model:
1. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
2. ECM/PCM WIRE
HARNESS
3. FLOOR WIRE
HARNESS
4. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-40.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:31 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-41
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-41.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:31 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-42
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


RHD model:
1. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS
2. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS

*1:D17A9 engine*2:A/T

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-42.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:32 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-43
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-43.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:32 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-44
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


RHD model:
1. ENGINE WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-44.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:32 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-45
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-45.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:32 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-46
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


RHD model:
1. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS B
2. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
3. ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS
4. ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-46.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:32 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-47
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

*: Terminal side of female terminals

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-47.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:33 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-48
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


RHD model:
1. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS
2. DASHBOARD
WIRE HARNESS
A
3. FLOOR WIRE
HARNESS
4. ECM/PCM WIRE
HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-48.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:33 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-49
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-49.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:33 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-5
Fuel and Emissions Systems
Symptom Troubleshooting Index

When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) with the scan tool. If there is no DTC, do
the diagnostic procedure for the symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find the cause.
Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for
Engine will not start 1. Test the battery, refer to the '01 Civic Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) Shop Manual on this CD (see page Intake air leaks
22-79). Locked up engine
2. Test the starter, refer to the '01 Civic Slipped/ broken timing belt
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4- Contaminated fuel
8).
3. Troubleshoot the fuel pump circuit,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD (see page 11-127).

Engine will not start (MIL comes on and stays Troubleshoot the MIL circuit (see page 11-56).  
on, or never comes on at all, no DTCs set)
Engine will not start Troubleshoot the immobiliser system, refer to the  
(immobiliser indicator light comes on) '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 22-
245).
Hard starting 1. Test the battery, refer to the '01 Civic Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) Shop Manual on this CD (see page Intake air leaks
22-79). Contaminated fuel
2. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 11-131).

Cold fast idle too low Check the idle speed, refer to the '01 Civic Shop  
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) Manual on this CD (see page 11-125).

Cold fast idle too high 1. Check the idle speed (see page 11-  
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 71).
2. Inspect/adjust the throttle cable, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-149).
3. Inspect and test the throttle body, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-145).

Idle speed fluctuates 1. Check the idle speed (see page 11- Intake air leaks
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 71).
2. Inspect/adjust the throttle cable, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-149).
3. Inspect and test the throttle body, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-145).

After warming up idle speed is below 1. Troubleshoot the ALT FR signal Vacuum hose clogged/cracked/poor
specifications with no load circuit, refer to the '01 Civic Shop connection
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) Manual on this CD (see page 11-120).
2. Inspect and test the throttle body, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-145).

After warming up idle speed is above Troubleshoot the ALT FR signal circuit, refer to  
specifications with no load the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:33 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 11-120).

Low power 1. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the Low compression
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 11-131).
2. Inspect and test the throttle body, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-145).
3. Inspect/adjust the throttle cable, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD (see page 11-149).

Engine stalls 1. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the Intake air leaks
(MIL works OK, no DTCs set) '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD Faulty harness and sensor
(see page 11-131). connections
2. Check the idle speed (see page 11-
71).
3. Troubleshoot the brake pedal position
switch signal circuit, refer to the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 11-123).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:33 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-50
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


1. FLOOR WIRE HARNESS

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal
side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-50.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:33 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-51
PGM-FI System
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-65 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
2. INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT)
SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-61 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
3. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
(MAP) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-59 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. TOP DEAD CENTRE (TDC) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-98 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
5. CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-88 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
6. KNOCK SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-85 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
7. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-63 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
8. SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S)
(SENSOR 2)
Troubleshooting, page 11-73 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 11-115 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
9. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (PRIMARY HO2S) (SENSOR
1)
Troubleshooting, page 11-68 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 11-115 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-51.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:34 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-52
PGM-FI System
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. INJECTORS
Replacement, page 11-113 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-52.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:34 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-53
PGM-FI System
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
General Troubleshooting Information, page 11-3 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD

*: The illustration shows LHD model.


1. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (ECM/PCM)
General Troubleshooting Information, page 11-3 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
Troubleshooting, page 11-99 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
2. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
Troubleshooting, page 11-56

*: The illustration shows LHD model.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-53.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:34 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-54
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting

DTC P0171: Fuel System Too Lean 1. 5. With a vacuum pump (A), apply vacuum to the
DTC P0172: Fuel System Too Rich evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve
(B) from the intake manifold side.
NOTE: If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the
same time as DTC P0171 and/or P0172, troubleshoot those
DTCs first, then recheck for P0171 and/or P0172.
P0107, P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
P0135: Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary HO2S)
(Sensor 1) heater
P0137, P0138: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)
P0141: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) heater
P0401 P1491, P1498: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
system*
P1259: VTEC system* Does it hold vacuum?
*: D17A9 engine YES - Go to step 6.
1. 1. Check the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop NO - Replace the EVAP canister purge valve.
Manual on this CD (see page 11-131). 2. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Is fuel pressure OK? 7. Check the manifold pressure with the scan tool.
YES - Go to step 2. Does it indicate atmospheric pressure?
NO - Check these items: YES - Go to step 8.
If the pressure is too high, replace the fuel NO - Replace the MAP sensor.
pressure regulator, refer to the '01 Civic Shop 3. 8. Start the engine.
Manual on this CD (see page 11-138). 9. Check the MAP with the scan tool.
If the pressure is too low, check the fuel pump, Is a MAP of 40.0 kPa (300 mmHg, 12.0 in.Hg) or less
the fuel feed pipe, the fuel filter and replace the indicated within 1 second after starting the engine?
fuel pressure regulator, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
YES - Check the valve clearances and adjust if necessary.
Manual on this CD (see page 11-138).
If the valve clearances are OK, replace the injectors.
2. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with
no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan NO - Replace the MAP sensor.
comes on.
3. Check the primary HO2S (Sensor 1) output with the
scan tool.
Does it stay at less than 0.3 V or more than 0.6 V?
YES - Replace the primary HO2S (Sensor 1).
NO - Go to step 4.
3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-54.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:34 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-55
PGM-FI System
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)

DTC P0300: Random misfire and any Combination of the Following:


DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
DTC P0302: No. 2 Cylinder Misfire
DTC P0303: No. 3 Cylinder Misfire
DTC P0304: No. 4 Cylinder Misfire
NOTE:
If the misfiring is frequent enough to trigger detection of increased emissions during two consecutive driving cycles, the
MIL will come on and DTC P0300 (and some combination of P0301 through P0304) will be stored.
If the misfiring is frequent enough to damage the catalyst, the MIL will blink whenever the misfiring occurs and DTC
P0300 (and some combination of P0301 through P0304) will be stored. When the misfiring stops, the MIL will remain on.
1. 1. Troubleshoot the following DTCs first if any of them were stored along with the random misfire DTC(s):
P0107, P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
P0131, P0132: Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor
P0171, P0172: Fuel system
P0335, P0336: Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
P0401, P1491, P1498: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system*
P0505: Idle control system
P1259: VTEC system*
P1361, P1362: Top Dead Centre (TDC) sensor
P1519: Idle Air Control (IAC) valve
*: D17A9 engine
2. Test-drive the vehicle to verify the symptom.
3. Find the symptom in the chart below and do the related procedures in the order listed until you find the cause.
Symptom Procedure(s) Also check for:
Random misfire only at low RPM Check fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Low compression.
and under load Manual on this CD (see page 11-131). Low quality fuel.
Random misfire only during Check fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Malfunction in the VTEC system
acceleration Manual on this CD (see page 11-131). (D17A9 engine), refer to the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 6-9).
Random misfire at high RPM, Check fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Correct valve clearance, refer to the
under load, or under random Manual on this CD (see page 11-131). '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
conditions (see page 6-14).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-55.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:34 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-56
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting

1. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and watch the 1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Does the MIL come on and stay on? Is the low oil pressure light on?
YES - If the MIL always comes on and stays on, go to step YES - Go to step 6.
63. But if the MIL sometimes works normally, first check for NO - Go to step 4.
these problems. 2. 4. Inspect the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-
An intermittent short in the wire between the dash fuse/relay box.
ECM/PCM (E29) and the Data Link Connector Is the fuse OK?
(DLC).
YES - Go to step 5.
An intermittent short in the wire between the
ECM/PCM (E31) and the gauge assembly. NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 10 METER
NO - If the MIL is always off, go to step 2. But if the MIL (7.5A) fuse and the gauge assembly. Also replace the No.
sometimes works normally, first check for these problems. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse.
A loose No. 10 METER (7.5A) fuse in the under- 3. 5. Inspect the No. 20 IG1 (40A) fuse in the under-hood
dash fuse/relay box. fuse/relay box.
A loose No. 20 IG (40A) fuse in the under-hood Is the fuse OK?
fuse/relay box. YES - Repair open in the wire between the No. 20 IG
A loose No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the (40A) fuse and the gauge assembly. If the wires are OK,
under-hood fuse/relay box. test the ignition switch, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual
A loose No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the on this CD (see page 22-83).
under-dash fuse/relay box. NO - Repair short in the wire between No. 20 IG (40A) fuse
A poor connection at ECM/PCM terminal E31. and the under-dash fuse/relay box. Also replace the No. 20
An intermittent open in the GRN/ORN wire IG (40A) fuse.
between the ECM/PCM (E31) and the gauge 4. 6. Try to start the engine.
assembly. Does the engine start?
An intermittent short in the wire between the
YES - Go to step 7.
ECM/PCM (A21) and the manifold absolute
pressure (MAP) sensor. NO - Go to step 10.
An intermittent short in the wire between the 5. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ECM/PCM (A20) and the throttle position (TP)
sensor, knock sensor, exhaust gas recirculation
(EGR) valve position sensor.
An intermittent short in the wire between the
ECM/PCM (A8) and the knock sensor.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-56.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:35 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-57
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 8. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal E31 and body 1. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ground with a jumper wire. 2. 11. Inspect the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse in the
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) under-hood fuse/relay box.
Is the fuse OK?
YES - Go to step 18.
NO - Go to step 12.
3. 12. Remove the blown No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A)
fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.
13. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A).
Wire side of female terminals LHD model:
2. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Is the MIL on?
YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.
NO - Check for an open in the wire between the ECM/PCM
(E31) and the gauge assembly. Also check for a blown MIL
bulb. If the wires and the bulb are OK, replace the gauge RHD model:
assembly.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-57.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:35 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-58
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 14. Check for continuity between body ground and the Is there continuity?
PGM-FI main relay 14P connector terminals No. 2 YES - Go to step 16.
and No. 4 individually.
NO - Replace the component that made continuity to body
ground go away when disconnected. If the item is the
ECM/PCM, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and
recheck, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 11-6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the
original ECM/PCM.
Also replace the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15 A) fuse.
1. 16. Disconnect the connectors of all these components.
PGM-FI main relay 2
ECM/PCM connector A (31P)
Injectors
Wire side of female terminals Idle air control (IAC) valve
Is there continuity? Top dead centre (TDC) sensor
YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 6 ECU Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
(ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and the PGM-FI main relay 1. Also 2. 17. Check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay
replace the No. 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse. 1 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
NO - Go to step 15.
2. 15. Disconnect each of the components or the
connectors below, one at a time and check for
continuity between the PGM-FI main relay 1 4P
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
PGM-FI main relay 2
ECM/PCM connector A (31P)
Each injector 2P connector
Idle air control (IAC) valve 3P connector
Top dead centre (TDC) sensor 3P connector
Wire side of female terminals
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor 3P connector
Is there continuity?
YES - Repair short in the wire between the PGM-FI main
relay 1 and each item. Also replace the No. 6 ECU
(ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse.
NO - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1. Also replace the
No 6 ECU (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse.

Wire side of female terminals

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-58.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:35 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-59
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 18. Inspect the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the 1. 22. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A).
under-dash fuse/relay box. LHD model:
Is the fuse OK?
YES - Go to step 30.
NO - Go to step 19.
2. 19. Remove the blown No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in
the under-dash fuse/relay box.
20. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector
terminal E9 and body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)
RHD model:

Wire side of female terminals


Is there continuity?
YES - Go to step 22.
NO - Replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse, and 2. 23. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector
substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer to terminal E9 and body ground.
the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-6). If ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.

Wire side of female terminals


Is there continuity?
YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL
PUMP (15A) fuse and the ECM/PCM (E9), or the No. 17
FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PGM-FI main relay 2.
Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
NO - Go to step 24.
3. 24. Remove the rear seat cushion, refer to the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 20-95).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-59.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:35 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-6
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions

Electronic Control System


The functions of the fuel and emission control systems are managed by the Engine Control Module (ECM) on vehicles with manual
transmissions or the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) on vehicles with automatic transmissions.
Fail-safe Function
When an abnormality occurs in a signal from a sensor, the ECM/PCM ignores that signal and assumes a pre-programmed value
for that sensor that allows the engine to continue to run.
Back-up Function
When an abnormality occurs in the ECM/PCM, the injectors are controlled by a back-up circuit independent of the system to permit
minimal driving.
Self-diagnosis
When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor, the ECM/PCM supplies ground for the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
and stores the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in erasable memory. When the ignition is first turned on, the ECM/PCM supplies
ground for the MIL for 2 seconds to check the MIL bulb condition.
Two Driving Cycle Detection Method
To prevent false indications, the ''two driving cycle detection method'' is used for some self-diagnostic functions. When an
abnormality occurs, the ECM/PCM stores it in its memory. When the same abnormality recurs after the ignition switch is turned
OFF and ON (II) again, the ECM/PCM informs the driver by turning on the MIL.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:36 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-60
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 25. Remove the access panel from the floor. 1. 29. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P
2. 26. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector. connector terminal No. 5 and body ground.
27. Check for continuity between the fuel pump 5P FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR
connector terminal No. 5 and body ground.
FUEL PUMP 5P CONNECTOR

Wire side of female terminals


Is there continuity?
Wire side of female terminals
YES - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 2. Also replace the
Is there continuity? No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
YES - Repair short in the wire between the fuel pump and NO - Check the fuel pump and replace it as necessary.
the PGM-FI main relay 2. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse.
PUMP (15A) fuse. 2. 30. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
NO - Go to step 26. 31. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
3. 28. Reinstall the PGM-FI main relay 2 (A). 32. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector
LHD model: terminals E9 and body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


RHD model: Is there battery voltage?
YES - Go to step 33.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL
PUMP (15A) fuse and the ECM/PCM (E9).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-60.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:36 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-61
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 33. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 1. 36. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 1
2. 34. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector 4P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground.
terminal E7 and body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there battery voltage? Wire side of female terminals
YES - Go to step 38. Is there battery voltage?
NO - Go to step 35. YES - Go to step 37.
3. 35. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A). NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 ECU
LHD model: (ECM/PCM) (15 A) fuse and the PGM-FI main relay 1.
2. 37. Check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay
1 4P connector terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM
connector terminal E7.

RHD model:

Wire side of female terminals


Is there continuity?
YES - Test the PGM-FI main relay 1, refer to the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 22-80). If the relay is
OK, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-6). If
symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main
relay 1 and the ECM/PCM (E7).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-61.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:36 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-62
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 38. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 1. 43. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
2. 39. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. 44. Measure voltage between the PGM-FI main relay 1
40. Measure voltage between body ground and 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
ECM/PCM connector terminals A2 and A3
individually.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there battery voltage? Wire side of female terminals
YES - Go to step 47. Is there battery voltage?
NO - Go to step 41. YES - Go to step 45.
3. 41. Turn the ignition switch OFF. NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 ECU
42. Remove the PGM-FI main relay 1 (A). (ECM/PCM) (15A) fuse and the PGM-FI main relay 1.
LHD model: 3. 45. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
46. Check for continuity between the PGM-FI main relay
1 4P connector terminal No. 1 and ECM/PCM
connector terminals A2 and A3 individually.

RHD model:

Wire side of female terminals


Is there continuity?
YES - Replace the PGM-FI main relay 1.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main
relay 1 and the ECM/PCM (A2, A3).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-62.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:36 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-63
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 47. Measure voltage between body ground and 1. 49. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ECM/PCM connector terminals A4, A5, A23 and A24 2. 50. Disconnect the manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
individually. sensor 3P connector.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) 51. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
52. Measure voltage between body ground and
ECM/PCM connector terminal A21.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there less than 1.0 V? Wire side of female terminals
YES - Repair open in the wire (s) between that had more Is there about 5 V?
than 1.0 V between G101 and the ECM/PCM (A4, A5, A23,
A24). YES - Replace the MAP sensor.
NO - Go to step 48. NO - Go to step 53.
2. 48. Measure voltage between body ground and 3. 53. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
ECM/PCM connector terminal A21. 54. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P).
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there about 5 V?
YES - Go to step 56.
NO - Go to step 49.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-63.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:36 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-64
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 55. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 1. 57. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
terminal A21 and body ground. 2. 58. Disconnect the 3P connector from each of these
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) sensors, one at a time and measure voltage between
body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A20
with the ignition switch ON (II).
Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve position
sensor
Knock sensor
Throttle position (TP) sensor
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
Wire side of female terminals
Is there continuity?
YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM
(A21) and the MAP sensor.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original Wire side of female terminals
ECM/PCM. Is there about 5 V?
2. 56. Measure voltage between body ground and
YES - Replace the sensor that restored about 5 V when
ECM/PCM connector terminal A20.
disconnected.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P)
NO - Go to step 66.
3. 59. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
60. Disconnect the 3P connectors from the following
sensors.
Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve position
sensor
Knock sensor
Wire side of female terminals Throttle position (TP) sensor
4. 61. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P).
Is there about 5 V?
YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.
NO - Go to step 57.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-64.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:37 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-65
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 62. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 1. 63. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
terminal A20 and body ground. 2. 64. Connect a scan tool/Honda PGM Tester, refer to the
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-3).
65. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and read the scan
tool/Honda PGM Tester.
Does the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester communicate with
the ECM/PCM?
YES - Go to step 70.
NO - Go to step 66.
3. 66. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Wire side of female terminals
67. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
Is there continuity? 68. Check for continuity between body ground and Data
YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM Link Connector (DLC) terminal No. 7.
(A20) and the EGR valve position sensor, knock sensor or DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
TP sensor, or repair short in the wire between the
ECM/PCM (A8) and the knock sensor.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.

Terminal side of male terminals


Is there continuity?
YES - Repair short in the wire between the DLC and the
ECM/PCM (E23). After repairing it, check the DTC with the
scan tool/Honda PGM Tester and go to the DTC
Troubleshooting Index.
NO - Go to step 69.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-65.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:37 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-66
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 69. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 1. 73. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector
terminal E23 and DLC terminal No. 7. terminal E29 and body ground.
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there about 5 V (or battery voltage)?
Wire side of female terminals YES - Go to step 77.
Is there continuity? NO - Go to step 74.
YES - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck, 2. 74. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11- 75. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.
NO - Repair open in the wire between the DLC and the
ECM/PCM (E23). After repairing it, check the DTC with the
scan tool/Honda PGM Tester and go to the DTC
Troubleshooting Index.
2. 70. Check the scan tool/Honda PGM Tester for DTCs.
Are any DTCs indicated?
YES - Go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index.
NO - Go to step 71.
3. 71. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
72. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-66.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:37 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-67
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 76. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector


terminal E29 and body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there continuity?
YES - Repair short in the wire between the service check
connector and the ECM/PCM (E29).
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.
2. 77. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
78. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
79. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Is the MIL on?
YES - Repair short in the wire between the gauge
assembly and the ECM/PCM (E31). If the wires are OK,
replace the gauge assembly.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-
6). If symptom/indication goes away, replace the original
ECM/PCM.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-67.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:37 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Idle Control System

  11-68
Idle Control System
Component Location Index
1. POWER STEERING (PSP) SWITCH
Troubleshooting, page 11-69
2. IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) VALVE
Troubleshooting, page 11-117 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-68.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:37 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Idle Control System

  11-69
Idle Control System
PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting

1. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 1. 9. At the harness side, connect the PSP switch 2P
2. 2. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper
terminals A24 and E16. wire.
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR

Wire side of female terminals


2. 10. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector
terminals A24 and E16.
Is there less than 1.0 V?
YES - Replace the PSP switch.
Wire side of female terminals NO - Check for these problems:
Is there less than 1.0 V? An open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E16)
YES - Go to step 3. and the PSP switch.
NO - Go to step 6. An open in wire between the PSP switch and
G201.
3. 3. Start the engine.
3. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position.
12. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector.
5. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector
13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
terminals A24 and E16.
Is there battery voltage?
YES - The PSP switch signal is OK.
NO - Go to step 11.
4. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector.
8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-69.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:38 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-7
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Data
You can retrieve data from the ECM/PCM by connecting the scan tool or the Honda PGM Tester to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
The items listed in the table below conform to SAE recommended practice. The Honda PGM Tester also reads data beyond that
recommended by SAE so that this data may help you find the causes of intermittent problems.
NOTE:
The ''operating values'' listed are approximate and may vary depending on the environment and the individual vehicle.
Unless noted otherwise, ''at idle speed'' means idling with the engine completely warmed up, A/T in Park or neutral,
M/T in neutral position and the A/C and all accessories turned off.
Data Description Operating Value Freeze Data
Diagnostic Trouble Code If the ECM/PCM detects a problem, it will store it as a If no problem is detected, YES
(DTC) code consisting of one letter and four numbers. there is no output.
Depending on the problem, an SAE-defined code
(P0xxx) or a Honda-defined code (P1xxx) will be
output to the tester.
Engine Speed The ECM/PCM computes engine speed from the Nearly the same as YES
signals sent from the Crankshaft Position (CKP) tachometer indication
sensor. This data is used for determining the time and At idle speed: 700+50 rpm
amount of injected fuel. (min-1)
Vehicle Speed The ECM/PCM converts pulse signals from Vehicle Nearly the same as YES
Speed Sensor (VSS). speedometer indication
Manifold Absolute The absolute pressure caused in the intake manifold With engine stopped: YES
Pressure (MAP) by engine load and speed. Nearly the same as
atmospheric pressure
At idle speed: about 20-34
kPa (150-260 mmHg, 6-10
in.Hg), 0.7-1.1 V
Engine Coolant The ECT sensor converts coolant temperature into With cold engine: Same as YES
Temperature (ECT) voltage and signals the ECM/PCM. The sensor is a ambient temperature and
thermistor whose internal resistance changes with IAT
coolant temperature. The ECM/PCM uses the voltage With engine warmed up:
signals from the ECT sensor to determine the amount about 80-100°C (176-
of injected fuel. 212°F), 0.5-0.8 V
Primary Heated Oxygen The HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust 0.0-1.25 V NO
Sensor (Primary HO2S) gas and sends voltage signals to the ECM/PCM. At idle speed: about 0.1-
(Sensor 1), Secondary Based on these signals, the ECM/PCM controls the air 0.9 V
Heated Oxygen Sensor fuel ratio. When the oxygen content is high (that is,
(Secondary HO2S) when the ratio is leaner than the stoichiometric ratio),
(Sensor 2) the voltage signal is lower. When the oxygen content is
low (that is, when the radio is richer than the
stoichiometric ratio), the voltage signal is higher.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:38 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Idle Control System

  11-70
Idle Control System
PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
(cont'd)

1. 14. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector


terminals A24 and E16.
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS

Wire side of female terminals


Is there battery voltage?
YES - Replace the PSP switch.
NO - Go to step 15.
2. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
16. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P).
17. Check for continuity between body ground and
ECM/PCM connector terminal E16.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


Is there continuity?
YES - Repair short in the wire between ECM/PCM (E16)
and the PSP switch.
NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck for
immobiliser information, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual
(see page 11-6). If the symptom/indication goes away,
replace the original ECM/PCM.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-70.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:38 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Idle Control System

  11-71
Idle Control System
Idle Speed Inspection

NOTE: 1. 6. Idle the engine for 1 minute with heater fan switch
Leave the Idle Air Control (IAC) valve connected. on HI and air conditioner on, then check the idle
Before checking the idle speed, check these items: speed.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) has not been Idle speed should be:
reported on. M/T 750+50 rpm (min-1)
Ignition timing A/T 750+50 rpm (min-1)
Spark plugs (in Park or neutral)
Air cleaner
NOTE: If the idle speed in not within specification, see
PCV system
Symptom Chart.
2. 1. Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
2. 7. Reconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P
canister purge valve 2P connector.
connector.
2. Connect a tachometer (A) to the test tachometer
connector (B).

3. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm (min-


1) with no load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator
fan comes on, then let it idle.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
5. Start the engine.Check the idle speed with no-load
conditions: headlights, blower fan, rear defogger,
radiator fan, and air conditioner are not operating.
Idle speed should be:
M/T 700+50 rpm (min -1 )
A/T 700+50 rpm (min -1 )
(in Park or neutral)
NOTE:ECM/PCM might control to raise the idle speed 750
rpm (min -1 ) in case of the battery performance,etc. In this
case, idle speed is OK.Go to step 6.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-71.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:38 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel Supply System

  11-72
Fuel Supply System
Component Location Index
1. FUEL PUMP
Troubleshooting, page 11-127 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 11-139 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
FUEL FILTER
Replacement, page 11-138 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
Test/Replacement, page 11-141 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
Replacement, page 11-138 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
2. FUEL FILL CAP
3. FUEL TANK
Replacement, page 11-140 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
4. FUEL TUBE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS
Precautions, page 11-134 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Removal, page 11-135 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
Installation, page 11-136 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
5. FUEL VAPOUR PIPE
6. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2
Troubleshooting, page 11-127 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
7. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
8. FUEL FEED PIPE
9. FUEL RAIL

*: The illustration shows LHD model.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-72.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:38 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel Supply System

  11-73
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Tank Replacement

1. 1. Relieve the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-130).
2. Drain the fuel tank: Remove the fuel pump, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-139). Using a
hand pump, hose and container suitable for gasoline, draw the fuel from the fuel tank.
3. Jack up the vehicle and support it with jackstands.
4. Remove the fuel pipe cover (A). Disconnect the fuel vapour hose and quick-connect fittings.
Disconnect the hoses. Slide back the clamps, then twist the hoses as you pull to avoid damaging them.

2. 5. Place a jack or other support, under the tank.


6. Remove the strap bolts and let the strap (B) fall free.
7. Remove the fuel tank (C). If it sticks to the undercoat on its mount, carefully pry it off the mount.
8. Install the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-73.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:39 PM]


KK, KX, KY models

   
KK, KX, KY models

Fuel and Emissions Systems


System Descriptions 11-76

PGM-FI System
Component Location Index 11-85

Idle Control System


Component Location Index 11-88

Fuel Supply System


Component Location Index 11-89
Fuel Tank Replacement 11-90

Refer to the 2001 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A000 on this CD [4-door (Except KB, KE, KG, TR models)], for items not shown in
this section.
Outline of Civic Coupe Model Change
This Coupe has been added in the body type.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-75.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:39 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-76
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram


1. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS
2. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS

*1: A/T

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-76.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:39 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-77
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-77.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:39 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-78
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


1. ENGINE WIRE
HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-78.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:39 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-79
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-79.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:40 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-8
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Data (cont'd)


Data Description Operating Value Freeze Data
Fuel System Status Fuel system status is indicated as ''open'' or ''closed''. At idle speed: closed YES
Closed: Based on the HO2S output, the ECM/PCM
determines the air/fuel ratio and controls the amount
of injected fuel.
Open: ignoring HO2S output, the ECM/PCM refers to
signals from the Throttle Position (TP), Manifold
Absolute Pressure (MAP), Intake Air Temperature
(IAT), Barometric Pressure (BARO) and Engine
Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensors to control the
amount of injected fuel.
Short Term Fuel Trim The air/fuel ratio correction coefficient for correcting 0.6-1.5 YES
the amount of injected fuel when the Fuel System
Status is ''closed". When the ratio is leaner than the
stoichiometric ratio, the ECM/PCM increases short
term fuel trim gradually, and the amount of injected
fuel increases. The air/fuel ratio gradually gets richer,
causing a lower oxygen content in the exhaust gas.
Consequently, the short term fuel trim is lowered, and
the ECM/PCM reduces the amount of injected fuel.
This cycle keeps the air/fuel ratio close to the
stoichiometric ratio when in closed loop status.
Long Term Fuel Trim Long term fuel trim is computed from short term fuel 0.8-1.2 YES
trim and indicates changes occurring in the fuel supply
system over a long period.
If long term fuel trim is higher than 1.00, the amount of
injected fuel must be increased. If it is lower than 1.00,
the amount of injected fuel must be reduced.
Intake Air Temperature The IAT sensor converts intake air temperature into With cold engine: YES
(IAT) voltage and signals the ECM/PCM. When intake air Same as ambient
temperature is low, the internal resistance of the temperature and ECT
sensor increases and the voltage signal is higher.
Throttle Position Based on the accelerator pedal position, the opening At idle speed: YES
angle of the throttle valve is indicated. about 10 %
Ignition Timing Ignition timing is the ignition advance angle set by the At idle speed: 8°+2° NO
ECM/PCM. The ECM/PCM matches ignition timing to BTDC when the SCS short
the driving conditions. connector is connected

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:40 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-80
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


1. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS A
2. DASHBOARD WIRE
HARNESS B
3. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT WIRE
HARNESS
4. ECM/PCM WIRE
HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-80.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:40 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-81
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

*: Terminal side of female terminals

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-81.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:40 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-82
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


1. DASHBOARD
WIRE HARNESS
A
2. ECM/PCM WIRE
HARNESS
3. FLOOR WIRE
HARNESS
4. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-82.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:40 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-83
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-83.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:41 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-84
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (cont'd)


1. FLOOR WIRE HARNESS

NOTE: Connector with male terminals (double outline): View from terminal
side
  Connector with female terminals (single outline): View from wire side
  O: Related to ECM/PCM control.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-84.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:41 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-85
PGM-FI System
Component Location Index
1. THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-232 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
2. INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-235 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
3. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-226 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
4. TOP DEAD CENTRE (TDC) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-234 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
5. CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-228 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
6. KNOCK SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-245 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
7. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Troubleshooting, page 11-229 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
8. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY
HO2S) (SENSOR 1)
Troubleshooting, page 11-225 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 11-279 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-85.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:41 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-86
PGM-FI System
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. INJECTORS
Test, page 11-276 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 11-113 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-86.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:41 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - PGM-FI System

  11-87
PGM-FI System
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
General Troubleshooting Information, page 11-167 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
2. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (ECM/PCM)
General Troubleshooting Information, page 11-167 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
3. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
Troubleshooting, page 11-264 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
4. IDLE MIXTURE ADJUSTER (IMA) (Without TWC model)
Troubleshooting, page 11-237 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-87.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:41 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Idle Control System

  11-88
Idle Control System
Component Location Index
1. POWER STEERING (PSP) SWITCH
Troubleshooting, page 11-283 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
2. IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) VALVE
Troubleshooting, page 11-281 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-88.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:42 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel Supply System

  11-89
Fuel Supply System
Component Location Index
1. FUEL PUMP
Troubleshooting, page 11-287 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 11-139 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
2. FUEL FILL CAP
3. FUEL FILTER
Replacement, page 11-296 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
4. FUEL TANK
Replacement, page 11-90
5. FUEL TUBE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTINGS
Precautions, page 11-292 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Removal, page 11-293 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
Installation, page 11-294 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
6. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2
Troubleshooting, page 11-287 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
7. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1
8. FUEL VAPOUR PIPE
9. FUEL FEED PIPE
10. FUEL RAIL

*: The illustration shows LHD model.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-89.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:42 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

  11-9
Fuel and Emissions Systems
System Descriptions (cont'd)

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (31P)

Wire side of female terminals


NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal Wire colour Terminal name Description Signal
number
1 BLK/WHT PO2SHTC (PRIMARY Drives primary HO2S With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage
HEATED OXYGEN heater With fully warmed up engine running: duty
SENSOR (PRIMARY controlled
HO2S) HEATER
CONTROL)
2 YEL/BLK IGP2 (POWER SOURCE) Power source for the With the ignition switch ON (II): battery
ECM/PCM circuit voltage
With the ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
3 YEL/BLK IGP1 (POWER SOURCE) Power source for the With the ignition switch ON (II): battery
ECM/PCM circuit voltage
With the ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
4 BLK PG2 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
circuit
5 BLK PG1 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all times
circuit
6 WHT PHO2S (PRIMARY Detects primary HO2S With throttle fully opened from idle with fully
HEATED OXYGEN sensor (sensor 1) signal warmed up engine: about 0.6 V
SENSOR (PRIMARY With throttle quickly closed: below 0.4 V
HO2S), SENSOR 1)
7 BLU CKP (CRANKSHAFT Detects CKP sensor With engine running: pulses
POSITION (CKP) signal
SENSOR)
8 YEL VCCR (SENSOR Detects sensor voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
VOLTAGE RETURN) With the ignition switch OFF: about 0 V
9 RED/BLU KS (KNOCK SENSOR) Detects knock sensor With engine knocking: pulses
signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
10 GRN/YEL SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
11 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
12 BLK/RED IACV (IDLE AIR Drives IAC valve With engine running: duty controlled
CONTROL (IAC) VALVE) With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
13*1 WHT/BLK EGRP (EXHAUST GAS Detects EGR valve With engine running: 1.2 V-2.0 V
RECIRCULATION (EGR) position sensor signal (depending on EGR valve lift)
VALVE POSITION
SENSOR)
15 RED/BLK TPS (THROTTLE Detects TP sensor signal With throttle fully open: about 4.8 V
POSITION (TP) SENSOR) With throttle fully closed: about 0.5 V
18 WHT/GRN VSS (VEHICLE SPEED Detects VSS signal With ignition switch ON (II) and front wheels

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:42 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel and Emissions Systems

SENSOR (VSS)) rotating: cycles 0 V-about 5 V or battery


voltage

*1:D17A9 engine
*2:A/T

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:42 PM]


Fuel and Emissions - Fuel Supply System

  11-90
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Tank Replacement

1. 1. Relieve the fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-130).
2. Drain the fuel tank: Remove the fuel pump, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 11-139). Using a
hand pump, hose and container suitable for gasoline, draw the fuel from the fuel tank.
3. Jack up the vehicle and support it with jackstands.
4. Remove the fuel pipe cover (A). Disconnect the fuel vapour hose and quick-connect fittings.
Disconnect the hoses. Slide back the clamps, then twist the hoses as you pull to avoid damaging them.

2. 5. Place a jack, or other support, under the tank.


6. Remove the strap bolts and let the strap (B) fall free.
7. Remove the fuel tank (C). If it sticks to the undercoat on its mount, carefully pry it off the mount.
8. Install the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/11-90.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:42 PM]


General Information - General Information

  1-2
General Information
Chassis and Engine Numbers

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:43 PM]


General Information - General Information

  1-3
General Information
Chassis and Engine Numbers (cont'd)

Applicable Area Code/VIN/Engine Number/Transmission Number List


MODEL APPLICABLE GRADE TRANSMISSION VEHICLE ENGINE TRANSMISSION
AREA CODE NAME TYPE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER NUMBER
NUMBER
CIVIC KB LS 4AT 1HGEM22301L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
COUPE ES 4AT 1HGEM22901L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KE SE 5MT 1HGEM21301L600001- D17A8-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22301L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
SE 5MT 1HGEM21801L600001- D17A9-140000- SLW-1000001-
Exective 4AT 1HGEM22801L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KG LS 5MT 1HGEM21501L600001- D17A8-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22501L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
ES 5MT 1HGEM21901L600001- D17A9-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KR LS 5MT 1HGEM21301L600001- D17A8-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22301L600001- D17A8-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
ES 5MT 1HGEM21901L600001- D17A9-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L600001- D17A9-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KK EX 5MT 1HGEM21901L500001- D17A2-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L500001- D17A2-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KX EX 5MT 1HGEM21901L900001- D17A4-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM22901L900001- D17A4-1400001- BMXA-5000001-
KY VTi 5MT 1HGEM219*1L700001- D17A5-1400001- SLW-1000001-
4AT 1HGEM229*1L700001- D17A5-1400001- BMXA-5000001-

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:43 PM]


General Information - General Information

  1-4
General Information
Identification Number Locations

1. Built Data and Vehicle Type


Except KK, KX, KY models
2. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
3. Engine Number
4. Certification Plate
(KK, KX models)
5. Certification Plate
(KY model)
6. Transmission Number
(Manual)
7. Transmission Number
(Automatic)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:43 PM]


Automatic Transmission - Automatic Transmission

   
Automatic Transmission

Road Test
Shift Schedule 14-2

Outline of Model Change


Shift schedule has been added to suit the CIVIC Coupe.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If body maintenance is required)


This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above
the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles and side
airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N
62S5A00 on this CD. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components.
Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require special precautions and tools, and should be done only by an
authorised Honda dealer.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal
collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an authorised Honda dealer.
Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused
by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or airbags may deploy when the ignition switch
is ON (II).
SRS electrical wiring connectors are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components are located in the steering
column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats, and
around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/14-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:43 PM]


Automatic Transmission - Automatic Transmission

  14-2
Automatic Transmission
Road Test

Shift Schedule
position
Upshift
Throttle Opening Unit of Speed 1st - 2nd 2nd - 3rd 3rd - 4th Lock-up ON
Throttle position sensor voltage: mph 9-12 19-22 29-34 14-18
0.75 V km/h 15-19 30-35 47-54 23-28
Throttle position sensor voltage: mph 22-26 42-48 60-66 68-74
2.25 V km/h 36-42 68-76 96-105 110-119
Fully-opened throttle, Throttle mph 34-40 67-76 103-114 103-114
position sensor voltage: 4.5 V km/h 55-63 108-121 166-183 166-183

Downshift
Throttle Opening Unit of Speed Lock-up OFF 4th - 3rd 3rd - 2nd 2nd - 1st
Throttle position sensor voltage: mph 13-17 17-20 6-10 (3rd - 1st)
0.5 V km/h 21-26 27-32 10-15 (3rd - 1st)
Fully-opened throttle, Throttle mph 93-104 85-96 55-62 25-30
position sensor voltage: 4.5 V km/h 150-166 137-153 89-100 40-48

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/14-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:43 PM]


General Information - General Information

  1-5
General Information
Abbreviations

List of automotive abbreviations, which may be used in shop


EPR Evaporator Pressure Regulator
manual.
EPS Electrical Power Steering
ABS Anti-lock Brake System
EVAP Evaporative
A/C Air Conditioning, Air Conditioner
EX Exhaust
ACL Air Cleaner
   
A/F Air Fuel Ratio
F Front
ALR Automatic Locking Retractor
FIA Fuel Injection Air
ALT Alternator
FL Front Left
AMP Ampere(s)
FP Fuel Pump
ANT Antenna
FR Front Right
API American Petroleum Institute
FSR Fail Safe Relay
APPROX. Approximately
FWD Front Wheel Drive
ASSY Assembly
   
A/T Automatic Transmission
GAL Gallon
ATDC After Top Dead Centre
GND Ground
ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid
GPS Global Positioning System
ATT Attachment
   
ATTS Active Torque Transfer System
H/B Hatchback
AUTO Automatic
HC Hydrocarbons
AUX Auxiliary
HID High Intensity Discharge
   
HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor
BARO Barometric
   
BAT Battery
IAB Intake Air Bypass
BDC Bottom Dead Centre
IAC Idle Air Control
BTDC Before Top Dead Centre
IACV Idle Air Control Valve
   
IAR Intake Air Resonator
CARB Carburettor
IAT Intake Air Temperature
CAT Catalytic Converter
ICM Ignition Control Module
or CATA  
ID Identification
CHG Charge
ID or I.D. Inside Diameter
CKF Crankshaft Speed Fluctuation
IG or IGN Ignition
CKP Crankshaft Position
IMA Idle Mixture Adjustment
CO Carbon Monoxide Integrated Motor Assist
COMP Complete
IMMOBI. Immobiliser (Immobiliser)
CPB Clutch Pressure Back up
IN Intake
CPC Clutch Pressure Control
INJ Injection
CPU Central Processing Unit
INT Intermittent
CVT Continuously Variable Transmission
   
CYL Cylinder
KS Knock Sensor
CYP Cylinder Position
   
   
L Left
DI Distributor Ignition
L/C Lock-up Clutch
DIFF Differential
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
DLC Data Link Connector
LED Light Emitting Diode

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


General Information - General Information

DOHC Double Overhead Camshaft


LEV Low Emission Vehicle
DPI Dual Point Injection
LF Left Front
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code
LH Left Handle
   
LHD Left Handle Drive
EBD Electronic Brake Distribution
LR Left Rear
ECM Engine Control Module
LSD Limited Slip Differential
ECT Engine Coolant Temperature
L-4 In-line Four Cylinder (engine)
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ELD Electrical Load Detector

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


General Information - General Information

  1-6
General Information
Abbreviations (cont'd)

MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure SPEC Specification


MAX. Maximum S/R Sun Roof
MBS Mainshaft Brake System SRS Supplemental Restraint System
MCK Motor Check STD Standard
MCU Moment Control Unit SW Switch
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp    
MIN. Minimum T Torque
MPI Multi Point Injection TB Throttle Body
M/S Manual Steering T/B Timing Belt
M/T Manual Transmission TC Torque Converter
    TCM Transmission Control Module
N Neutral TCS Traction Control System
Nox Oxides of Nitrogen TDC Top Dead Centre
    TFT Thin Film Transistor
OBD On-board Diagnostic T/N Tool Number
O2S Oxygen Sensor TP Throttle Position
OD or O.D. Outside Diameter TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter
       
P Park VC Viscous Coupling
PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection VIN Vehicle Identification Number
PCM Powertrain Control Module VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation VTEC Variable Valve Timing & Valve Lift
  Proportioning Control Valve Electronic Control
PDU Power Drive Unit VVIS Variable Volume Intake System
PGM-FI Programmed-fuel Injection    
PGM-IG Programmed Ignition W With
PH Pressure High W/O Without
PL Pilot Light or Pressure Low WOT Wide Open Throttle
PMR Pump Motor Relay    
P/N Part Number 2WD Two Wheel Drive
PRI Primary 4WD Four Wheel Drive
P/S Power Steering 2WS Two Wheel Steering
PSF Power Steering Fluid 4WS Four Wheel Steering
PSP Power Steering Pressure 4AT 4-speed Automatic Transmission
PSW Pressure Switch 5MT 5-speed Manual Transmission
    6MT 6-speed Manual Transmission
Qty Quantity Park
    Reverse
R Right Neutral
REF Reference Drive (1st through 4th gear)
RGB Red, Green, Black Drive (1st through 3rd gear)
RH Right Hand Second
RHD Right Hand Drive First
RL Rear Left Drive
RON Research Octane Number Second

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


General Information - General Information

RR Rear Right
Low
   
O/D Over Drive
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
1ST Low (gear)
SCS Service Check Signal
2ND Second (gear)
SEC Second
3RD Third (gear)
  Secondary
4TH Fourth (gear)
SOHC Single Overhead Camshaft
5TH Fifth (gear)
SOL Solenoid
6TH Sixth (gear)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/1-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


Body - Body

   
Body

Doors
Component Location Index 20-2
Door Panel Removal/Installation 20-4
Door Outer Handle Replacement 20-5
Door Latch Replacement 20-7
Door Glass and Regulator Replacement 20-9
Door Sash Trim Replacement 20-11
Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 20-11
Door Weatherstrip Replacement 20-12
Door Upper Seal Replacement 20-12
Door Side Sill Seal Replacement 20-13
Door Channel Tape Replacement Process 20-14
Door Outer Channel Tape Replacement 20-15

Mirrors
Power Mirror Replacement 20-16

Glass
Component Location Index 20-17
Windshield Replacement 20-18
Rear Window Replacement 20-24
Quarter Glass Replacement 20-29

Interior Trim
Component Location Index 20-33
Trim Removal/Installation-Door Area 20-34
Trim Removal/Installation-Seat Side and Rear Shelf Area 20-35
Trim Removal/Installation-Trunk Area 20-36
Headliner Removal/Installation 20-37

Seats
* Front Seat Disassembly/Reassembly-Passenger's 20-40
Rear Seat-back Lock Cylinder Replacement 20-41
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement 20-41

Bumpers
Rear Bumper Removal/Installation 20-43

Exterior Trim
Front Grille Replacement 20-44
Rear License Trim Replacement 20-44
Emblem Replacement 20-45

Openers
* Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill door Opener Cable Replacement 20-46

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


Body - Body

Frame
* Frame Repair Chart 20-48

NOTE: Refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD, for the items not shown in this section.
Outline of 2-door Model Change
The Civic 2-door model has been added.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If body maintenance is required)


This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above
the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles and
side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N
62S5A00 on this CD. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components.
Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require special precautions and tools and should be done only by an
authorised Honda dealer.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal
collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an authorised Honda dealer.
Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused
by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or airbags may deploy when the ignition switch
is ON (II).
SRS electrical wiring connectors are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components are located in the steering
column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats and
around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-10
Doors
Door Glass and Regulator Replacement (cont'd)

1. 3. Disconnect and detach the connector (A) and 1. 6. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of
harness clip (B) from the door. removal and note these items:
Fastener Locations Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves
C : Bolt, 3D : Bolt, 4 freely without binding.
Make sure that there is no clearance between the
glass and glass run channel when the glass is
closed.
Adjust the position of the glass as necessary.

2. 4. Remove the bolts (C) and loosen the bolts (D), then
remove the regulator (E) through the hole in the
door. Power window is shown, manual window is
similar.
5. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A)
where shown.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


Body - Doors

20-11 Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement


Doors
Door Sash Trim Replacement

NOTE: Take care not to scratch the door. NOTE:


1. 1. Remove the door glass outer weatherstrip. Put on gloves to protect your hands.
2. Pull back the door weatherstrip (A) at the rear upper Take care not to scratch the door.
corner and remove the screw. 1. 1. Remove the power mirror (see page 20-16).
Fastener Location 2. Starting at the front, pry the door glass outer
: Screw, 1 weatherstrip (A) up to detach the clips (B) and
release the weatherstrip from the door sash trim (C),
then remove the weatherstrip.
Fastener Locations
B : Clip, 4

2. 3. Lift up the door sash trim (B) to release the hooks 2. 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of
(C), then remove the trim. removal and replace any damaged clips.
4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:44 PM]


Body - Doors

20-12 Door Upper Seal Replacement


Doors
Door Weatherstrip Replacement

NOTE: NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the door. Take care not to scratch the door.
Use a clip remover to remove the clips. Use a clip remover to remove the clips.
1. 1. At the front-pillar, remove the door stop mounting 1. 1. Remove these items:
bolt (A). Power mirror, as necessary (see page 20-16)
Fastener Location Door sash trim (see page 20-11)
A : Bolt, 1B : Clip, 1C : Clip, 17 2. 2. Detach the door weatherstrip clips (A, B), then
remove the door upper seal (C).
Fastener Location
A : Clip, 1B : Clip, 2

3. 3. Install the seal in the reverse order of removal and


note these items:
Replace the clip if it is damaged.
Make sure the upper seal is installed in the holder
(D) securely.
Check for water leaks, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop
2. 2. Detach the clips (B, C), then remove the door Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see step 7 on
weatherstrip (D). page 20-25).
3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of
removal and note these items:
Replace any damaged clips.
Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder
(E) securely.
Apply liquid thread lock to door stop mounting bolt
before installation.
Check for water leaks, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop
Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see step 7 on
page 20-25).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:45 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-13
Doors
Door Side Sill Seal Replacement

NOTE:
Take care not to scratch the door.
Use a clip remover to remove the clips.
1. 1. Detach the clips, then remove the door side sill seal
(A).
Fastener Locations
: Clip, 9

2. 2. Install the seal in the reverse order of removal and


replace any damaged clips.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:45 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-14
Doors
Door Channel Tape Replacement Process

NOTE: 1. 2. Remove these items:


This procedure is a general description of the door Door outer channel tape replacement
channel tape replacement process. For details about Power mirror (see page 20-16)
installation, door outer channel tape (see page 20- Door glass outer weatherstrip (see page 20-11)
15). Glass run channel, as necessary (see page 20-2)
Keep dust away from the working area. Sash trim (see page 20-11)
When working at lower temperatures, heat the door Upper seal (see page 20-12)
channel and door channel tape with a hair dryer. 2. 3. Slowly peel up the old door channel tape while
Door channel: about 15°C (59°F). heating it with a hair dryer.
Door channel tape: about 30°C (86°F). 4. Clean the door channel bonding surface with a
When heating the door channel tape, heat it evenly sponge dampened in alcohol. After cleaning, keep
and gradually to prevent deformation. oil, grease and water from getting on the surface.
When pressing the door channel tape, slowly press it 5. Attach the door channel tape:
from the corner to prevent air bubbles and wrinkles. 1. Peel the edge of the adhesive backing from the
If there are air bubbles (A) in the door channel tape channel tape.
(B), prick them with a pin (C), then release the air 2. Fit the door channel tape to the door channel.
with your finger or a plastic squeegee. 3. Apply the door channel tape to the door channel
If the air bubble is more than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in while peeling the adhesive backing from it a little
diameter, peel up the door channel tape, then at a time. Check that the channel tape is parallel
reapply it. with the door channel.
4. Push firmly on the door channel tape with a
plastic squeegee (felt side).
NOTE: To prevent air bubbles, slowly press the
door channel tape around the door frame corner.
3. 6. As necessary, repeat the preceding steps.
1. 1. The following tools are required to replace the door 7. Reinstall all remaining removed parts.
channel tape: 8. Check that the body colour on the door channel is
Plastic squeegee covered by the door channel tape.
Alcohol 9. Check for water leaks, refer to '01 CIVIC Shop
Sponge or Shop towel Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see step 7 on
Hair dryer page 20-25).
Pin

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:45 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-15
Doors
Door Outer Channel Tape Installation

NOTE: Familiarise yourself with the channel tape replacement process (see page 20-14).
Attachment Point (Reference):
a. a. FRONT DOOR
OUTER CHANNEL
TAPE
b. DOOR OUTER
CHANNEL TAPE
c. FRONT DOOR
OUTER CHANNEL
TAPE
d. Align.
e. Outside
f. FRONT DOOR
OUTER CHANNEL
TAPE

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:45 PM]


Mirrors

  20-16
Mirrors
Power Mirror Replacement

1. 1. Lower the door glass fully. 1. 7. While holding the mirror, push out the connector clip
2. 2. Carefully pry out the mirror mount cover (A) by hand (A) and remove the mirror (B). Take care not to
in the sequence shown. scratch the door.
Fastener Location
: Clip, 1

3. 3. Remove the door panel (see page 20-4). 2. 8. Install the mirror in the reverse order of removal and
4. If equipped with a tweeter, pull the plastic cover (A) make sure the connector is plugged in properly.
back as necessary and disconnect the connector (B),
then remove the mirror mount cover (C) with the
tweeter.
Fastener Locations
: Nut, 3

4. 4. Disconnect the connector (D).


5. While holding the mirror, remove the nuts securing
the mirror.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:45 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-17
Glass
Component Location Index
1. CLIP, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, glass side)
2. CLIP, 2
(Clip-type, body side)
3. WINDSHIELD MOULDING
4. WINDSHIELD SIDE TRIM
5. RETAINER, 10
Navy Blue
6. CLIP, 2
Green
7. SIDE RUBBER DAM
8. LOWER RUBBER DAM
9. PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CAUTION
LABEL
(For some models)
10. WINDSHIELD
Replacement, page 20-18
11. CLIP, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, glass side)
12. CLIP, 2
(Clip-type, body side)
13. QUARTER GLASS
Replacement, page 20-29
14. REAR WINDOW
Replacement, page 20-24
15. FASTENER, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, body side)
16. FASTENER, 2
(Self-adhesive-type, glass side)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-17.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:46 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-18
Glass
Windshield Replacement

NOTE: 1. 3. Remove the moulding (A) from the upper edge of the
Put on gloves to protect your hands. windshield (B). If necessary, cut the moulding with a
Wear eye protection when removing the glass with utility knife.
piano wire.
Use seat covers to avoid damaging the seats.
1. 1. Pull up the side trim (A) to release the clips (B and
C) from the retainers (D), then remove the trim from
each side of the windshield.

2. 4. If the old windshield is to be reinstalled, make


alignment marks across the glass and body with a
grease pencil.
5. Pull down the front portion of the headliner (see
page 20-37). Take care not to bend the headliner
excessively, or you may crease or break it.
6. Apply protective tape along the edge of the
dashboard and body. Using an awl, make a hole
through the rubber dam and adhesive from inside the
vehicle at the corner portion of the windshield. Push
a piece of piano wire through the hole and wrap
each end around a piece of wood.

2. 2. Remove these items:


Windshield wiper arms, refer to the '01
CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this
CD (see page 22-179).
Cowl covers, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop
Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see
page 20-114).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-18.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:46 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-19
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)

1. 7. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) 1. 9. With a knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth to a
back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding
wire as close to the windshield (B) as possible to surface around the entire windshield opening flange:
prevent damage to the body and dashboard. Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the
Carefully cut through the rubber dam and adhesive (C) body; damaged paint will interfere with proper
around the entire windshield. bonding.
Remove the rubber dam, clips and fasteners from
the body.
2. 10. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge
dampened in alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease
and water from getting on the clean surface.
11. If the old windshield is to be reinstalled, use a putty
knife to scrape off all of the old adhesive, the
fasteners, the clips and the rubber dam from the
windshield. Clean the inside face and the edge of the
windshield with alcohol where new adhesive is to be
applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free
of water, oil and grease.
Cutting portions:

2. 8. Carefully remove the windshield.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-19.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:46 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-2
Doors
Component Location Index - Front Door
1. DOOR PANEL SHOULDER PAD
(For some models)
2. DOOR SKIN SHOULDER PAD
(For some models)
3. DOOR SASH TRIM
Replacement, page 20-11
4. DOOR UPPER SEAL
Replacement, page 20-12
5. DOOR OUTER CHANNEL TAPE
Replacement process, page 20-14
Installation, page 20-15
6. DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP
Replacement, page 20-11
7. DOOR
8. HINGE
9. DETENT ROD
10. HINGE
11. DOOR SIDE SILL SEAL
Replacement, page 20-13
12. SPEAKER
13. DOOR GLASS INNER WEATHERSTRIP
14. DOOR PANEL
Removal/Installation, page 20-4
15. POWER WINDOW SWITCH
16. POWER WINDOW SWITCH PANEL
17. ARMREST
18. DOOR WEATHERSTRIP
Replacement, page 20-12
19. PLASTIC COVER

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:46 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-20
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)

1. 12. Glue the side rubber dams (A), lower rubber dam (B) 1. 13. Glue the moulding (A) with adhesive tape (B) to the
and fasteners (C) to the inside face of the windshield upper edge of the windshield (C):
(D) as shown: Be sure the alignment mark (D) of the moulding
Be sure the rubber dam and fasteners and lines up with the alignment mark (E) of the
dashboard seal line up with the alignment marks windshield.
(E). Be careful not to touch the windshield where
Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied.
adhesive will be applied.

2. 14. After installing the moulding, glue the seal (F) on


each side of the moulding. Be sure the seal lines up
with the edge of the rubber dam (G).
15. Install the clips (A) and retainers (B) to the body.
Fastener Locations
A : Clip, 2B : Retainer, 10

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-20.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:47 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-21
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)

1. 16. Set the windshield in the opening and centre it. 1. 18. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer
Make alignment marks (A) across the windshield and body around the edge of the windshield (A) between the
with a grease pencil at the four points shown. Be careful not dams (B) and moulding (C) as shown, then lightly
to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied. wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth:
Apply glass primer to the moulding.
Do not apply body primer to the windshield and
do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed
up.
Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the
windshield properly, causing a leak after the
windshield is installed.
Keep water, dust and abrasive materials away
from the primed surface.
Cross-hatched area: Apply primer here
2. 17. Remove the windshield.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-21.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:47 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-22
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)

1. 19. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to 1. 21. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets
the original adhesive remaining around the to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a
windshield opening flange. Let the body primer dry caulking gun and run a bead of adhesive (A) around
for at least 10 minutes: the edge of the windshield (B) between the dams (C)
Do not apply glass primer to the body and be and moulding (D) as shown. Apply the adhesive
careful not to mix up glass and body primer within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer.
sponges. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner.
Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
Mask off the dashboard before painting the
flange.
Cross-hatched area: Apply body primer here

2. 20. Before filling a cartridge, cut a ''V'' in the end of the


nozzle (A) as shown.

2. 22. Use suction cups to hold the windshield over the


opening, align it with the alignment marks made in
step 16 and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly
push on the windshield until its edges are fully
seated on the adhesive all the way around. Do not
open or close the doors until the adhesive is dry.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-22.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:47 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-23
Glass
Windshield Replacement (cont'd)

1. 23. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty 1. 27. On both sides of the windshield, set the bottom edge
knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted of the side moulding (A) under the cowl cover (B),
surface or the windshield, wipe with a soft shop towel then align the clips (C and D) with the retainers (E)
dampened with alcohol. and push on the clip portions of the moulding until
2. 24. Let the adhesive dry for at least 1 hour, then spray the moulding is fully seated on the windshield.
water over the windshield and check for leaks. Mark
leaking areas and let the windshield dry, then seal
with sealant:
Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after
windshield installation. If the vehicle has to be
used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven
slowly.
Keep the windshield dry for the first hour after
installation.
3. 25. Reinstall the cowl covers.
26. Install the clip (A) on both side mouldings (B). If the
clip portions (C) of the moulding are damaged,
replace the moulding.

2. 28. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. Advise the


customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3
days:
Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up.
Twist the body excessively (such as when going
in and out of driveways at an angle or driving
over rough, uneven roads).

4. 1. Top of moulding

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-23.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:47 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-24
Glass
Rear Window Replacement

NOTE: 1. 4. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (A) by


Put on gloves to protect your hands. detaching the clips (B). Take care not to bend the
Wear eye protection when removing the glass with headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it.
piano wire. Fastener Locations
Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces. B : Clip, 2
Do not damage the rear window defogger grid lines,
window antenna grid lines and terminals.
1. 1. Remove these items:
Trunk lid
Rear shelf (see page 20-35)
2. 2. Disconnect the window antenna connector (A) and
rear window defogger connectors (B).

2. 5. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside


edges of the body. Using an awl, make a hole
through the adhesive from inside the vehicle at the
corner portion of the rear window. Push a piece of
3. 3. If the old rear window is to be reinstalled, make piano wire through the hole and wrap each end
alignment marks across the glass and body with a around a piece of wood.
grease pencil.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-24.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:47 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-25
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)

1. 6. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) 1. 8. With a putty knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth
back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the
wire as close to the rear window (B) as possible to bonding surface around the entire rear window
prevent damage to the body and carefully cut opening flange:
through the adhesive (C) around the entire rear Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the
window: body; damaged paint will interfere with proper
If the rear window is to be reinstalled, take care bonding.
not to damage the moulding (D). Remove the clips and fasteners from the body.
If the moulding is damaged, replace the rear 2. 9. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge
window and moulding as an assembly. dampened in alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease
and water from getting on the surface.
10. If the old rear window is to be reinstalled, use a putty
knife to scrape off all of the old adhesive, the clips
and the fasteners from the rear window. Clean the
inside face and the edge of the rear window with
alcohol where new adhesive is to be applied. Make
sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil
and grease.

Cutting positions:

2. 7. Carefully remove the rear window.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-25.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:48 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-26
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)

1. 11. Glue the clips (A) and fasteners (B) to the inside face 1. 12. Install the clips (A) to the rear window opening
of the rear window (C) as shown: flange (B) and glue the fasteners (C) to the offset
Be sure the clips and fasteners line up with the area of the rear shelf (D).
alignment marks (D). Fastener Locations
Be careful not to touch the rear window where A : Clip, 2B : Fastener, 2
adhesive will be applied.

2. 13. Set the rear window in the opening and centre it.
Make alignment marks (A) across the rear window
and body with a grease pencil at the 4 points shown.
Be careful not to touch the rear window where
adhesive will be applied.

3. 14. Remove the rear window.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-26.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:48 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-27
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)

1. 15. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer 1. 16. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to
along the edge of the rear window (A) and moulding the original adhesive remaining around the rear
(B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or window opening flange. Let the body primer dry for
cheesecloth: at least 10 minutes:
Do not apply body primer to the rear window and Do not apply glass primer to the body and be
do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed careful not to mix up glass and body primer
up. sponges.
Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the rear Cross-hatched area: Apply body primer here
window properly, causing a leak after the rear
window is installed.
Keep water, dust and abrasive materials away
from the primed surface.
Cross-hatched area: Apply glass primer here

2. 17. Before filling a cartridge, cut a ''V'' in the end of the


nozzle (A) as shown.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-27.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:48 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-28
Glass
Rear Window Replacement (cont'd)

1. 18. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets 1. 19. Use suction cups to hold the rear window over the
to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a opening, align it with the alignment marks you made
caulking gun and run a bead of adhesive (A) around in step 13 and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly
the edge of the rear window (B) and mouldings (C) push on the rear window until its edges are fully
as shown. seated on the adhesive all the way around. Do not
Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the open or close the doors until the adhesive is dry.
glass primer. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner. 20. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty
knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted
surface or the rear window, use a soft shop towel
dampened with alcohol.
21. Let the adhesive dry for at least 1 hour, then spray
water over the rear window and check for leaks.
Mark the leaking areas, let the rear window dry, then
seal with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4
hours after rear window installation. If the vehicle
has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be
driven slowly.
22. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. Advise the
customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3
days:
Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up.
Twist the body excessively (such as when going
in and out of driveways at an angle or driving
over rough, uneven roads).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-28.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:48 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-29
Glass
Quarter Glass Replacement

NOTE: Cutting positions:


Put on gloves to protect your hands.
Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surface.
1. 1. Remove these items:
Rear pillar trim and side trim panel (see page 20-
35).
Centre pillar upper trim (see page 20-34).
2. 2. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside
edges of the body and along the edge of the
headliner. Using an awl, make a hole through the
adhesive from inside the vehicle. Push a piece of
piece of piano wire through the hole and wrap each
end around a piece of wood.
3. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A)
1. 4. Carefully remove the quarter glass.
back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano
5. With a putty knife, scrape the old adhesive smooth
wire as close to the quarter glass (B) as possible to
to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the
prevent damage to the body and carefully cut
bonding surface around the entire quarter glass
through the adhesive (C) around the entire quarter
opening flange:
glass:
Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the
If the quarter glass is to be reinstalled, take care
body, damaged paint will interfere with proper
not to damage the moulding (D).
bonding.
If the moulding is damaged, replace the quarter
Remove the clips and fastener from the body.
glass, moulding fastener (E) and clips (F) as an
2. 6. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge
assembly.
damaged in alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease
If any of the clips and fastener are broken, the
and water from getting on the surface.
quarter glass can be reinstalled using butyl tape
7. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled, use a
(refer to step 8).
putty knife to scrape off all of the old adhesive, any
broken clips and the fastener from the glass. Clean
the inside face and the edge of the glass with
alcohol where new adhesive is to be applied. Make
sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil
and grease.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-29.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:48 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-3
Doors
Component Location Index - Front Door (cont'd)
1. CENTRE LOWER CHANNEL
2. IMMOBILISER LABEL
3. GLASS
Replacement, page 20-9
4. GLASS RUN CHANNEL
5. FRONT LOWER CHANNEL
6. OUTER HANDLE
Replacement, page 20-5
7. RETAINER CLIP
8. LOCK KNOB
9. KNOB BRACKET
10. INNER HANDLE ROD
11. POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
(Driver's for some models)
12. INNER HANDLE
13. COVER
14. LOCK CABLE
15. CABLE PROTECTOR
(For some models)
16. LATCH
(Without Super Locking)
Replacement, page 20-7
17. POWER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
(Without Super Locking)
18. LATCH PROTECTOR
(With Super Locking)
19. POWER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
(Without Super Locking)
20. LATCH
(With Super Locking)
Replacement, page 20-7
21. STRIKER
22. CYLINDER SWITCH
(For some models)
23. LOCK CYLINDER
24. OUTER HANDLE PROTECTOR
25. REGULATOR
Replacement, page 20-9

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:49 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-30
Glass
Quarter Glass Replacement (cont'd)

1. 8. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled (and either 1. 10. If the old quarter glass is to be reinstalled (and either
clip is broken off the moulding), apply a light coat of clip is broken off the moulding), seal the body holes
primer (C-100, or equivalent), then apply butyl tapes with pieces of urethane tape (A). Then set the
(A) and (B) to the moulding (C) as shown: quarter glass upright in the opening and make
Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where alignment marks (B) across the quarter glass and
adhesive will be applied. body with a grease pencil at the stet points shown.
Do not peel the separator off the butyl tapes. Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where
adhesive will be applied.

2. 9. If the new quarter glass is to be installed, glue the


fastener (A) to the body:
Be sure the fastener lines up with the alignment
marks (B).

2. 11. Remove the quarter glass.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-30.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:49 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-31
Glass
Quarter Glass Replacement (cont'd)

1. 12. With a sponge, apply a light coat of glass primer to 1. 13. With a sponge, apply a light coat of body primer to
the inside face of the quarter glass (A) as shown, the original adhesive remaining around the quarter
then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: glass opening flange. Let the body primer dry for at
Do not apply body primer to the quarter glass and least 10 minutes:
do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed Do not apply glass primer to the body and be
up. careful not to mix up glass and body primer
Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. sponges.
If you do the adhesive may not bond to the Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands.
quarter glass properly, causing a leak after the Mask off the dashboard before painting the
quarter glass is installed. flange.
Keep water, dust and abrasive materials away Cross-hatched area: Apply body primer here
from the primed surface.
Cross-hatched area: Apply glass primer here

2. 14. Before filling a cartridge, cut a ''V'' in the end of the


nozzle (A) as shown.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-31.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:49 PM]


Body - Glass

  20-32
Glass
Quarter Glass Replacement (cont'd)

1. 15. Park adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets 1. 16. Use suction cups (A) to hold the quarter glass (B)
to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a over the opening, align the clips or the alignment
caulking gun and run a bead of adhesive (A) around marks (C) made in step 10 and set it down on the
the edge of the quarter glass (B) as shown: adhesive. Lightly push on the quarter glass until its
After applying the adhesive, peel the separator off edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way
the butyl tape. around. Do not open or close the doors until the
Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after adhesive is dry.
applying the glass primer. Make slightly thicker
bead at each corner.

2. 17. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty


knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted
surface or the quarter glass, wipe with a soft shop
towel damaged with alcohol.
18. Let the adhesive dry for at least 1 hour, then spray
water over the quarter glass and check for leaks.
Mark the leaking areas and let the quarter glass dry,
then seal with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at
least 4 hours after quarter glass installation. If the
vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it
must be driven slowly.
19. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. Advise the
customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3
days:
Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up.
Twist the body excessively (such as when going
in and out of driveways at an angle or driving
over rough, uneven roads).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-32.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:49 PM]


Body - Interior Trim

  20-33
Interior Trim
Component Location Index
1. FRONT PILLAR TRIM
page 20-34
2. DOOR OPENING TRIM
page 20-34
3. CENTRE PILLAR UPPER TRIM
page 20-34
4. REAR PILLAR TRIM
page 20-35
5. REAR SHELF
page 20-35
6. TRUNK REAR TRIM PANEL
page 20-36
7. TRUNK SIDE TRIM PANEL
page 20-36
8. TRUNK FLOOR MAT
page 20-36
9. TRUNK FLOOR SIDE SPACER
page 20-36
10. TRUNK CENTRE SPACER
page 20-36
11. SPARE TYRE LID
page 20-36
12. HEADLINER
Removal and Installation, page 20-37
13. SIDE TRIM PANEL
page 20-35
14. DOOR SILL TRIM
page 20-34
15. CARPET
16. KICK PANEL
page 20-34

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-33.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:49 PM]


Body - Interior Trim

  20-34
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Door Area

NOTE:
Put on gloves to protect your hands.
When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels.
LHD is shown, RHD is symmetrical.
Remove the trim as shown. To remove the door sill trim and centre-pillar upper trim, remove the side trim panel as necessary (see
page 20-35).
Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
Replace any damaged clips.
Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the belts.
Fastener Locations
A : Clip, 2B : Clip, 3C : Clip, 7
(Black)(White)
1. CENTRE PILLAR UPPER TRIM
2. To headliner
3. PIN
4. FRONT SEAT BELT UPPER
ANCHOR BOLT
7/16 - 20 UNF
32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft)
5. To headliner
6. FRONT PILLAR TRIM
7. PIN
8. DOOR OPENING TRIM
9. UPPER ANCHOR COVER
10. OPENER LOCK CYLINDER
(For some models)
11. FRONT SIDE CAP
12. KICK PANEL
13. DOOR SILL TRIM
14. FRONT SEAT BELT LOWER
ANCHOR BOLTS
7/16 - 20 UNF
32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft)
15. SIDE TRIM PANEL

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-34.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:50 PM]


Body - Interior Trim

  20-35
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Seat Side and Rear
Shelf Area

NOTE:
Put on gloves to protect your hands.
When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels.
Remove the trim as shown. To remove the side trim panel, remove the rear seat-back, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N
62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-95).
Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
Before installing the rear shelf, remove the clips from the body and install them to the rear shelf.
Replace any damaged clips.
When installing the rear shelf, slip the rear seat belts and centre belt through the slits in the rear shelf.
Make sure the high mount brake light connector is plugged in properly.
Fastener Locations
A : Clip, 9B : Clip, 1C : Clip, 7
(White)
1. HIGH MOUNT BRAKE
LIGHT CONNECTOR
2. HOOK
3. REAR SHELF
4. REAR CENTRE BELT
5. REAR PILLAR TRIM
6. SLIT
7. REAR SEAT BELT
8. CENTRE PILLAR UPPER
TRIM
9. CAP
10. DOOR SILL TRIM
11. FRONT SEAT BELT
LOWER ANCHOR BOLTS
7/16 - 20 UNF
32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft)
12. SIDE TRIM PANEL
13. HOOK
14. HOOKS
15. SLIT
16. CLIP
(Three places)
17. HOOK
18. REAR SEAT BELT
19. SLIT

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-35.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:50 PM]


Body - Interior Trim

  20-36
Interior Trim
Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area

NOTE:
Put on gloves to protect your hands.
When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels.
Remove the trim as shown. To remove the trunk side trim panel, remove the side trim panel as necessary (see page 20-35).
Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips.
Fastener Locations
A : Clip, 4B : Clip, 2C : Clip, 6
1. LEFT TRUNK SIDE TRIM
PANEL
2. SPARE TYRE LID
3. TRUNK FLOOR MAT
4. Without trunk floor spacer:
5. To body
6. HOOKS
7. HOOKS
8. To body.
9. RIGHT TRUNK FLOOR SIDE
SPACER
(For some models)
10. RIGHT TRUNK SIDE TRIM
PANEL
11. TRUNK FLOOR CENTRE
SPACER
(For some models)
12. TRUNK REAR TRIM PANEL
13. LEFT TRUNK FLOOR SIDE
SPACER
(For some models)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-36.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:50 PM]


Body - Interior Trim

  20-37
Interior Trim
Headliner Removal/Installation

NOTE: 1. 3. On front passenger's side: Lower the grab handle,


When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with then remove the caps (A). Remove the self-tapping
protective tape to prevent damage. ET screws, then remove the grab handle (B).
Take care not to bend and scratch the headliner. Fastener Locations
Be careful not to damage the dashboard and other : Screw, 6
interior trim.
1. 1. Remove these items:
Front-pillar trim, both sides (see page 20-34)
Centre-pillar trim, both sides (see page 20-34)
Centre-pillar upper trim, one side (see page 20-
34)
Rear view mirror, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop
Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 20-
36).
Spotlights/ceiling light, with sunroof, refer to the
'01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD
(see page 22-137).
Spotlights, without sunroof, refer to the '01 CIVIC
Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page
22-138).
Ceiling light, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual,
2. 4. On left rear passenger's side: Remove the screw,
P/N 62S5A00 on this CD (see page 22-138).
then remove the coat hanger (A).
2. 2. From both sides, remove the caps (A) and remove
Fastener Locations
the self-tapping ET screws, then remove the
sunvisor (B) and holder (C). : Screw, 1
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 4

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-37.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:50 PM]


Body - Interior Trim

  20-38
Interior Trim
Headliner Removal/Installation (cont'd)

1. 5. Remove the headliner. 1. 6. Remove the headliner.


With sunroof: Without sunroof:
1. Remove the socket plug (A). 1. Remove the upper portion of the centre-pillar
2. Remove the upper portion of the centre-pillar upper trim (A) from one side (see page 20-34).
upper trim (B) from one side (see page 20-34). 2. Remove the remaining door opening trim (B) from
3. Remove the remaining door opening trim (C) from each roof portion.
each roof portion. 3. With the help of an assistant, release the
4. Detach the clips (D) and release the fasteners (E) headliner (C) from the clips (D) by sliding the
by pulling the front portion of the headliner (F) headliner forward and lowering the headliner.
down. 4. Remove the cushion tape (E), then remove the
5. With the help of an assistant, release the clips (G) roof harness (F) from the headliner. LHD is
of the headliner from the sunroof frame (H) and shown, RHD is symmetrical.
release the headliner from the clips (I) by sliding 5. Remove the headliner through the passenger's
the headliner forward and lowering the headliner. door opening.
6. Remove the headliner through the passenger's Fastener Locations
door opening.
D : Clip, 2E : Cushion tape, 5 or 3
Fastener Locations
D : Clip, 3G : Clip, 2I : Clip, 2

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-38.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:51 PM]


Body - Interior Trim

  20-39
Interior Trim
Headliner Removal/Installation (cont'd)

1. 7. If necessary, remove the bolts, then remove the grab


handle bracket (A).
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 2

2. 8. Install the headliner in the reverse order of removal


and note these items:
When reinstalling the headliner through the door
opening, be careful not to fold or bend it. Also, be
careful not to scratch the body.
If the threads on a visor and grab handle screws
are worn out, use an oversized self-tapping ET
screw made specifically for this application.
Check that both sides of the headliner are
securely attached to the trim.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-39.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:51 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-4
Doors
Door Panel Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 1. 3. Remove the switch panel (A).


Trim pad remover, Snap-on # A 177 or equivalent, 1. Using a flat-tip screwdriver wrapped with
commercially available. protective tape, pry the cap (B), then remove the
1. 1. Remove the inner handle (A). Take care not to screw (C).
scratch the door panel. 2. Pry out the panel or pocket to release the clips
(D).
1. Pry out on the upper portion of the cover (B) to
3. Release the clip (E) by pulling the cover or pocket
release the hooks (C and D), then remove the
forward.
cover.
4. Disconnect the power window switch connector
2. Remove the screws.
(F).
3. Pull the inner handle forward and out half-way to
release the hook (E). Fastener Locations
4. Disconnect the inner handle rod (F) and power C : Screw, 1D : Clip, 2 or 1G : Screw, 2
door lock switch connector (G) (driver's for some
models).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 2 Power window model:

2. 3. Remove the screws (G) securing the door panel.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:51 PM]


Body - Seats

  20-40
Seats
Front Seat Disassembly/Reassembly -
Passenger's

SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, precautions and procedures in the SRS section
before performing repairs or service. Refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD.
NOTE:
Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers.
Put on gloves to protect your hands.
When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
Disassemble the seat as shown.
Reassemble the seat in the reverse order of disassembly and note these items:
Apply multipurpose grease to the moving portion of the seat track.
To prevent wrinkles in the seat cushion cover, stretch the material evenly over the pad.
Make sure the rear seat access cable is connected properly on each side.
Replace any damaged clips and replace the wire ties with new ones.
1. SEAT-BACK
2. HEADREST
3. SIDE AIRBAG HARNESS
4. HANGER SPRING
5. HOOKS
6. Release the seat cushion cover
from the cushion frame spring
7. HOOKS
8. HOOKS
(Five places)
9. OPDS HARNESS
10. CENTRE COVER
11. CLIP
12. SEAT CUSHION FRAME/SEAT
TRACKS
13. SLIDE LEVER
14. HOOK
15. CLIP
16. CLIP
17. RECLINE COVER
18. HOOK
19. RECLINE KNOB
20. REAR SEAT ACCESS KNOB
21. SCREW
22. REAR SEAT ACCESS CABLE
23. WIRE TIE

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-40.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:51 PM]


Body - Seats

20-41 Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement


Seats
Rear Seat-back Lock Cylinder Replacement

NOTE: Take care not to scratch the interior trim. NOTE:


1. 1. Remove the rear shelf (see page 20-35). Take care not to tear the seams or damage the
2. Disconnect the cylinder rods from both seat-back seat covers.
latches. Put on gloves to protect your hands.
3. Remove the screws, then remove the seat-back lock 1. 1. Remove the seat back, refer to the '01 M CIVIC
cylinder (A) and cylinder rods (B). Shop Manual, P/N. 625A00 on this CD (see page
Fastener Locations 20-95).
: Screw, 2 2. On the left seat-back: Remove the screw, then
remove the centre belt guide (A).
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1

2. 3. Release the hook (A) and unzip the seat-back cover


(B). The left seat-back is shown, the right seat-back
2. 4. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of is similar.
removal and note these items:
Make sure the cylinder rod is connected securely.
Make sure the seat-back opens properly.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-41.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:51 PM]


Body - Seats

  20-42
Seats
Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement (cont'd)

1. 4. Pull back the seat-back cover (A) and remove the 1. 6. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover (A) all the
clips (B) and release the hooks (C). way around and remove the clips (B), then remove
Fastener Locations the seat-back cover.
B : ClipLeft, 6 Left seat back:
Right, 3

Left seat back:

Right seat back:

Right seat back:

2. 7. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal and


note these items:
To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back
cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly
over the pad before securing the hooks and clips.
Replace any clips you removed with new ones.
Install them with commercially available upholstery
ring pliers.

2. 5. Remove the seat-back cover and pad (D) from the


seat-back frame (E).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-42.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:52 PM]


Bumpers

  20-43
Bumpers
Rear Bumper Removal/Installation

NOTE:
Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the rear bumper.
Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body.
When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage.
Put on gloves to protect your hands.
Remove the rear bumper as shown. LHD with rear fog light is shown, RHD with fog light is symmetrical.
Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
If equipped, make sure the rear fog light connector is plugged in properly.
Make sure the rear bumper engages the hooks of the side spacers, upper spacers and upper brackets on both sides
securely.
Replace any damaged clips.
Fastener Locations
A : Bolt, 2B : Screw, 2C : Screw, 2D : Clip, 2
1. CAP
2. ABSORBER
3. REAR FOG LIGHT
CONNECTOR
(For some models)
4. UPPER BRACKET
5. HOOKS
6. HOOKS
7. UPPER SPACER
8. HOOKS
9. SIDE SPACER
10. HOOKS
(Six places)
11. REAR BUMPER
12. CAP

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-43.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:52 PM]


Body - Exterior Trim

20-44 Rear License Trim Replacement


Exterior Trim
Front Grille Replacement

1. 1. Remove the front bumper. 1. 1. On the inside of the trunk lid, remove the nuts (A)
2. 2. Remove the screws (A) and clips (B) and remove the and release the clips (B), then remove the rear
front grille (C) from the front bumper (D) by pulling it license trim (C). Take care not to scratch the trunk
out. Take care not to scratch the front bumper. lid.
Fastener Locations Fastener Locations
A : Screw, 2B : Clip, 4 A : Nut, 3B : Clip, 2

3. 3. Remove the screws, then remove the front grille


cover (A) from the front grille (B).
Fastener Locations
: Screw, 9
2. 2. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal and
replace any damaged clips.

4. 4. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal and


replace any damaged clips.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-44.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:52 PM]


Body - Exterior Trim

  20-45
Exterior Trim
Emblem Replacement

NOTE: When removing the emblems, take care not to scratch the body.
1. 1. Clean the body surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on
the surface.
2. Apply the emblem where shown.
1. HONDA EMBLEM (KG, KB, KR
models)/VTEC EMBLEM (KY model)
2. VERSION EMBLEM (KB, KK, KX,
KY models)/VTEC EMBLEM (KE,
KG, KR model)
3. CIVIC EMBLEM

Unit: mm (in.)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-45.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:52 PM]


Body - Openers

  20-46
Openers
Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable
Replacement

SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures in the SRS
section before performing repairs or service. Refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD.
NOTE:
Put on gloves to protect your hands.
Take care not to scratch the body and related parts.
1. 1. Remove these items:
Front door sill trim (see page 20-34)
Side trim panel, left side (see page 20-35)
RHD: Side trim panel, right side as necessary (see page 20-35)
Trunk side trim panel, left side (see page 20-36)
2. 2. Pull the carpet back as necessary, refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on this CD (see page 20-70).
3. Disconnect the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable (A) from the opener (B), refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual on
this CD (see step 3 on page 20-129).
Fastener Location
C : ClipD : Cushion Tape
LHD, 1LHD, 2
RHD, 4

3. 4. Release the opener cable from the clip (LHD) (C). Remove the cushion tape (D).

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-46.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:52 PM]


Body - Openers

  20-47
Openers
Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable
Replacement (cont'd)

1. 5. Remove the cushion tape (A) and detach the clip (B) with a clip remover. Remove the fuel fill door latch (C) by turning it
90° and detach the opener cable junction box (D) from the body.
Fastener Locations
A : Cushion tape, 1B and G : Clip, 2H : Clip, 3

2. 6. Disconnect the trunk lid opener cable (E) from the trunk lid latch (F), refer to the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00
on this CD (see page 20-130).
7. Using a clip remover, detach the clip (G) from the body and detach the clips (H) from the trunk lid hinge.
8. Remove the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to bend the cable.
9. Install the opener cable in the reverse order of removal and note these items:
Align the mark on the cable with the clip on the bottom portion of the trunk lid hinge.
Replace any damaged clips.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-47.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:53 PM]


Body - Frame

  20-48
Frame
Frame Repair Chart

Top View
Unit : mm (in) a For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59) i For sub-frame Ø11 (0.43)
Ø: Inner diameter b For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) j For damper mount Ø11.5
(0.45)
  c For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) k For damper mount Ø11.5
(0.45)
  d For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) l Damper centre Ø78 (3.07)
  e For transmission mount Ø13 (0.51) m For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59)
  f For transmission mount Ø13 (0.51) n Locating hole Ø25 (0.98)
  g For transmission mount Ø13 (0.51) o Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
  h For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)    

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-48.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:53 PM]


Body - Frame

  20-49
Frame
Frame Repair Chart (cont'd)
p Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) x For upper arm bracket centre Ø15 (0.98)
q For trailing arm Ø13 (0.51) y1, y2 Locating hole Ø13 (0.51)
r Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) z For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)
s Locating hole Ø20 (0.79) a1 For rear lower arm centre
t Trailing arm centre b1 Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
u Rear damper centre 73 x 68 (Slot) c1 Locating hole Ø20 (0.79)
v For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)    
w For trailing arm Ø23 (0.51)    

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-49.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:53 PM]


Body - Doors

20-5 Door Outer Handle Replacement


Doors
Door Panel Removal/Installation (cont'd)

1. 4. Remove the mirror mount cover (see step 2 on page NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
20-16). 1. 1. Raise the glass fully.
2. 5. Release the clips that hold the door panel (A) with a 2. Remove these items:
commercially available trim pad remover (B), then Door panel (see page 20-4)
remove the door panel by pulling it upward. Remove Plastic cover, as necessary
the door panel with as little bending as possible to 2. 3. Release the retainer clip (A), then remove the lock
avoid creasing or breaking it. cylinder (B). Disconnect the cylinder rod (C).
Fastener Locations
: Clip, 9

3. 4. With cylinder switch: Remove the screw, then


separate the lock cylinder (A) and cylinder switch (B).
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1

3. 6. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal


and note these items:
Replace any damaged clips.
Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly
and the rod is connected properly.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:53 PM]


Frame 50

  20-50
Frame 50
Frame Repair Chart (cont'd)

Side View
Unit : mm (in) a For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59) i For sub-frame Ø11 (0.43)
Ø: Inner diameter b For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) j For damper mount Ø11.5
(0.45)
  c For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) k For damper mount Ø11.5
(0.45)
  d For engine mount Ø13 (0.51) l Damper centre Ø78 (3.07)
  e For transmission mount Ø13 m For sub-frame Ø15 (0.59)
(0.51)
  f For transmission mount Ø13 n Locating hole Ø25 (0.98)
(0.51)
  g For transmission mount Ø13 o Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
(0.51)
  h For damper mount Ø11.5 (0.45)    

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-50.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:53 PM]


Body - Frame

  20-51
Frame
Frame Repair Chart (cont'd)
p Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) x For upper arm bracket centre Ø15 (0.98)
q For trailing arm Ø13 (0.51) y1, y2 Locating hole Ø13 (0.51)
r Locating hole Ø25 (0.98) z For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)
s Locating hole Ø20 (0.79) a1 For rear lower arm centre
t Trailing arm centre b1 Locating hole Ø50 (1.97)
u Rear damper centre 73 x 68 (Slot) c1 Locating hole Ø20 (0.79)
v For upper arm Ø13 (0.51)    
w For trailing arm Ø23 (0.51)    

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-51.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:54 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-6
Doors
Door Outer Handle Replacement (cont'd)

1. 5. With cylinder switch: Disconnect the cylinder switch 1. 7. Remove the maintenance hole (A). Disconnect the
connector (A) and detach the harness clips (B), then outer handle rod (B) and remove the nuts, then
remove the cylinder switch (C). remove the outer handle protector (C) from the outer
handle (D).
Fastener Locations
: Nut, 2

2. 6. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as necessary.

2. 8. Pull out the outer handle (A) in the numbered


sequence and remove it.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:54 PM]


Body - Doors

20-7 Door Latch Replacement


Doors
Door Outer handle Replacement (cont'd)

1. 9. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal and NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
note these items: 1. 1. Raise the glass fully.
Make sure the door locks and opens properly. 2. Remove these items:
Make sure each rod is connected securely. Door panel (see page 20-4)
Make sure the door locks and opens properly. Plastic cover, as necessary
When installing the lock cylinder, leave the outer 2. 3. Disconnect the cylinder rod from the lock cylinder
door handle bolts loose so the inner protector (see step 3 on page 20-5) and disconnect the outer
does not interfere with the lock cylinder, then handle rod from the outer handle (see step 7 on
tighten the handle bolts. page 20-6).
Install the lock cylinder retaining clip on the 4. For some models: Remove the screw and release
handle, then install the lock cylinder. Be sure the the clip (A) and hook (B) while pulling the cable
clip is fully seated in the slot on the lock cylinder. protector (C) forward, then remove it from the latch
(D) and door.
Fastener Location
: Screw, 1

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:54 PM]


Body - Doors

  20-8
Doors
Door Latch Replacement (cont'd)

1. 5. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as necessary 1. 6. Release the lock knob (A) from the knob bracket (B)
and remove the bolts, then remove the centre lower and detach the inner handle rod (C) from the rod
channel (B) by pulling it downward. holder (D). Detach the harness clip (E) and
Fastener Location disconnect (and detach) the actuator connector(s)
: Bolt, 1 (F).
Without Super Locking:

Without Super Locking:

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:54 PM]


Body - Doors

20-9 Door Glass and Regulator Replacement


Doors
Door Latch Replacement (cont'd)

1. 7. Remove the screws, then remove the latch (A) NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands.
through the hole in the door. Take care not to bend 1. 1. Remove these items:
the outer handle rod (B), cylinder rod (C), inner Door panel (see page 20-4)
handle rod (D) and lock cable (E). Without Super Plastic cover, as necessary
Locking model is shown, with Super Locking model is 2. 2. Carefully raise the glass (A) until you can see the
similar. bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out
Fastener Locations through the window slot. Take care not to drop the
: Screw, 3 glass inside the door.
Fastener Locations
: Bolt, 2

2. 8. If necessary, disconnect the lock cable (A) from the


latch (B). Without Super Locking model is shown with
Super Locking model is similar.

3. 9. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal and


note these items:
Make sure the actuator connectors are
plugged in property and each rod is
connected securely.
Make sure the door locks and opens
property.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/20-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:54 PM]


Specifications - Specifications

   
Specifications

Standards and Service Limits


Engine Electrical 2-2
Engine Assembly 2-2
Cylinder Head 2-3
Engine Block 2-5
Engine Lubrication 2-5
Cooling 2-5
Fuel and Emissions 2-6
Clutch 2-6
Manual Transmission and Differential 2-7
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential 2-9
Steering 2-15
Suspension 2-15
Brakes 2-16
Air Conditioning 2-16

Design Specifications
Dimensions 2-17
Weight 2-17
Engine 2-18
Starter 2-19
Clutch 2-19
Automatic Transmission 2-19
Steering 2-19
Suspension 2-19
Wheel Alignment 2-20
Brakes 2-20
Tyres 2-20
Air Conditioning 2-20
Electrical Ratings 2-21

Body Specifications
Illustration 2-22

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:55 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-10
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and Differential
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Clutch Clutch end plate-to-top disc 1st and 2nd   0.65-0.85 mm
clearance (0.026-0.033 in.)

3rd and 4th   0.4-0.6 mm


(0.016-0.024 in.)

1st-hold   0.5-0.8 mm
(0.020-0.031 in.)

Clutch return spring free length 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th 30.5 mm (1.20 in.) 28.5 mm (1.12 in.)
1st-hold 34.6 mm (1.36 in.) 32.6 mm (1.28 in.)
Clutch disc thickness   1.94 mm (0.076 in.) -
Clutch plate thickness 1st, 1st-hold 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) When discoloured
2nd, 3rd and 4th 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)  
1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th clutches Mark 1 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)  
end plate thickness
Mark 2 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)  
Mark 3 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)  
Mark 4 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)  
Mark 5 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)  
Mark 6 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)  
Mark 7 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)  
Mark 8 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)  
Mark 9 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)  
1st-hold clutch end plate Mark 1 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)  
thickness
Mark 2 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)  
Mark 3 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)  
Mark 4 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)  
No Mark 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)  
Mark 6 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)  
Mark 7 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)  

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:55 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-11
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and Differential
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Mainshaft Diameter of needle bearing at stator shaft 22.980-22.993 mm (0.9047-0.9052 in.) When worn or damaged
contact area
at 2nd gear 35.975-35.991 mm (1.4163-1.4169 in.)  
at 4th gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm (1.2589-1.2595 in.)  
at 1st gear collar 30.975-30.991 mm (1.2195-1.2201 in.)  
I.D. of gears 1st gear 35.000-35.016 mm (1.3780-1.3786 in.)  
2nd gear 41.000-41.016 mm (1.6142-1.6148 in.)  
4th gear 38.000-38.016 mm (1.4961-1.4967 in.)  
End play of gears 1st gear 0.08-0.19 mm (0.003-0.007 in.) -
2nd gear 0.05-0.13 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) -
4th gear 0.075-0.185 mm (0.003-0.007 in.) -
4th gear collar length   49.50-49.55 mm (1.9488-1.9508 in.) -
4th gear collar flange thickness   4.435-4.525 mm (0.1746-0.1781 in.) -
1st gear collar length   27.00-27.05 mm (1.063-1.065 in.) -
36.5 x 55 mm thrust washer No. 1 4.00 mm (0.157 in.) When worn or damaged
thickness
No. 2 4.05 mm (0.159 in.)  
No. 3 4.10 mm (0.161 in.)  
No. 4 4.15 mm (0.163 in.)  
No. 5 4.20 mm (0.165 in.)  
No. 6 4.25 mm (0.167 in.)  
No. 7 4.30 mm (0.169 in.)  
No. 8 4.35 mm (0.171 in.)  
No. 9 4.40 mm (0.173 in.)  
No. 10 4.45 mm (0.175 in.)  
Thrust washer thickness 26 x 45 x 3 mm 2.95-3.05 mm (0.116-0.120 in.)  
1st gear, 26 mm 2.43-2.50 mm (0.096-0.098 in.)  
Clutch feed pipe O.D. 1st clutch feed pipe at 15 8.97-8.98 mm (0.535-0.354 in.) 8.95 mm (0.352 in.)
mm (0.6 in.) from end
4th clutch feed pipe at 30 5.97-5.98 mm (0.2350-0.2354 in.) 5.95 mm (0.234 in.)
mm (1.2 in.) from end
Sealing ring thickness 35 mm sealing ring 1.87-1.97 mm (0.074-0.078 in.) 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
29 mm sealing ring 1.87-1.97 mm (0.074-0.078 in.) 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
Clutch feed pipe bushing I.D. 1st clutch 9.000-9.015 mm (0.3543-0.3549 in.) 9.03 mm (0.356 in.)
4th clutch 6.018-6.030 mm (0.2369-0.2374 in.) 6.045 mm (0.2380 in.)
Width of sealing ring groove   2.025-2.075 mm (0.0797-0.0811 in.) 2.095 mm (0.082 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:55 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-12
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and Differential
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Countershaft Diameter of needle bearing at left end 36.004-36.017 mm When worn or damaged
contact area (1.4175-1.4180 in.)

at 3rd gear 35.980-35.996 mm  


(1.4165-1.4172 in.)

at 4th gear 27.980-27.993 mm  


(1.1016-1.1021 in.)

at reverse gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm  


(1.2589-1.2595 in.)

at 1st gear collar 31.975-31.991 mm  


(1.2589-1.2595 in.)

I.D. of gears 1st gear 38.000-38.016 mm  


(1.4961-1.4967 in.)
3rd gear 41.000-41.016 mm  
(1.6142-1.6148 in.)

4th gear 33.000-33.016 mm  


(1.2992-1.2998 in.)

Reverse gear 38.000-38.016 mm  


(1.4961-1.4967 in.)

End play of gears 1st gear 0.1-0.5 mm (0.004-0.020 in.) -


3rd gear 0.05-0.17 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) -
4th gear 0.10-0.18 mm (0.004-0.007 in.) -
Reverse gear 0.10-0.25 mm (0.004-0.010 in.) -
28 mm distance collar length No. 1 39.00 mm (1.535 in.) -
No. 2 39.10 mm (1.539 in.) -
No. 3 39.20 mm (1.543 in.) -
No. 4 39.30 mm (1.547 in.) -
No. 5 39.05 mm (1.537 in.) -
No. 6 39.15 mm (1.541 in.) -
No. 7 39.25 mm (1.545 in.) -
No. 8 38.90 mm (1.531 in.) -
No. 9 38.95 mm (1.533 in.) -
3rd gear collar length   20.65-20.70 mm (0.8130-0.8150 in.) -
Reverse gear collar length   14.5-14.6 mm (0.571-0.575 in.) -
Reverse gear collar flange   2.4-2.6 mm (0.094-0.102 in.) When worn or damaged
thickness
1st gear collar length   14.5-14.6 mm (0.571-0.575 in.) -
1st gear collar flange thickness   2.4-2.6 mm (0.094-0.102 in.) When worn or damaged
3rd gear splined washer   4.95-5.00 mm (0.195-0.197 in.) When worn or damaged
thickness
3rd clutch feed pipe O.D. At 15 mm (0.6 in.) from 7.97-7.98 mm (0.3138-0.3142 in.) 7.95 mm (0.313 in.)
end
3rd clutch feed pipe bushing   8.000-8.022 mm (0.3150-0.3158 in.) 8.03 mm (0.316 in.)
I.D.
Reverse selector hub O.D.   51.87-51.90 mm (2.042-2.043 in.) When worn or damaged
1st gear I.D. of one-way clutch   83.339-83.365 mm (3.2810-3.2821 in.) When worn or damaged
contact area

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:55 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

Park gear diameter of one-way   66.685-66.698 mm (2.6254-2.6259 in.) When worn or damaged
clutch area

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:55 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-13
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and Differential
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Reverse idler gear Reverse idler gear shaft   13.990-14.000 mm When worn or damaged
diameter at needle bearing (0.5508-0.5512 in.)
contact area
I.D.   18.007-18.020 mm When worn or damaged
(0.7089-0.7094 in.)

End play   0.05-0.18 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) -


I.D. of reverse idler gear shaft   14.416-14.434 mm When worn or damaged
holder (0.5676-0.5683 in.)

Sub-shaft Diameter of needle bearing at transmission housing 25.991-26.000 mm When worn or damaged
contact area (1.023-1.024 in.)

at 4th gear collar 23.9935-23.0065 mm When worn or damaged


(0.9446-0.9058 in.)

4th gear I.D.   32.000-32.016 mm When worn or damaged


(1.2600-1.2605 in.)

4th gear end play   0.05-0.17 mm -


(0.002-0.007 in.)

4th gear collar length   24.0-24.1 mm -


(0.945-0.949 in.)

4th gear collar flange thickness   2.95-3.10 mm When worn or damaged


(0.116-0.122 in.)

4th gear thrust washer   2.93-3.00 mm When worn or damaged


thickness (0.115-0.118 in.)

1st-clutch feed pipe O.D. at 15 mm (0.6 in.) from 7.97-7.98 mm 7.95 mm (0.313 in.)
end (0.3138-0.3142 in.)

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New


      Wire O.D. Free Length No. of Coil
Diameter
Main valve body Relief valve spring   1.1 mm 8.6 mm 37.1 mm 13.4
springs (see page (0.043 in.) (0.339 in.) (1.4161 in.)
14-183)
Modulator valve spring   1.4 mm 9.4 mm 33.8 mm 10.9
(0.055 in) (0.370 in.) (1.331 in.)
CPB valve spring   1.0 mm 8.1 mm 40.9 mm 16.2
(0.039 in.) (0.319 in.) (1.610 in.)
1-2 shift valve spring   0.9 mm 7.6 mm 41.3 mm 16.3
(0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (1.626 in.)
2nd orifice control valve spring   0.7 mm 6.6 mm 34.8 mm 22.0
(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.370 in.)
Servo control valve spring   1.0 mm 8.1 mm 52.1 mm 20.8
(0.039 in.) (0.319 in.) (2.051 in.)
Regulator valve Stator reaction spring   4.5 mm 35.4 mm 30.3 mm 1.9
body springs (see (0.177 in.) (1.394 in.) (1.193 in.)
page 14-186)
Regulator valve spring A   1.9 mm 14.7 mm 77.4 mm 15.2
(0.075 in.) (0.579 in.) (3.047 in.)
Regulator valve spring B   1.8 mm 9.6 mm 44.0 mm 12.6
(0.071 in.) (0.378 in.) (1.732 in.)
Cooler relief valve spring   1.0 mm 8.4 mm 33.8 mm 8.2
(0.039 in.) (0.331 in.) (1.331 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:56 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

Torque converter check valve   1.0 mm 8.4 mm 33.8 mm 8.2


spring (0.039 in.) (0.331 in.) (1.331 in.)
Lock-up control valve spring   0.8 mm 6.0 mm 38.4 mm 30.3
(0.031 in.) (0.236 in.) (1.512 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:56 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-14
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and Differential
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New
Wire O.D. Free No. of Coil
Diameter Length
Secondary valve 3-4 shift valve spring   0.9 mm 7.6 mm 57.0 mm 26.8
body springs (see (0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.244 in.)
page 14-187)
2-3 shift valve spring   0.9 mm 7.6 mm 57.0 mm 26.8
(0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.244 in.)

4th exhaust valve spring   0.9 mm 6.1 mm 36.4 mm 19.5


(0.035 in.) (0.240 in.) (1.433 in.)

3-4 orifice control valve spring   0.7 mm 6.6 mm 37.5 mm 24.6


(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.476 in.)

Servo body springs 1st accumulator spring   2.1 mm 16.0 mm 89.1 mm 16.2
(see page 14-188) (0.083 in.) (0.630 in.) (3.508 in.)

4th accumulator spring A   2.6 mm 17.0 mm 88.4 mm 14.2


(0.102 in.) (0.669 in.) (3.480 in.)

4th accumulator spring B   2.3 mm 10.2 mm 51.6 mm 13.8


(0.091 in.) (0.402 in.) (2.031 in.)

3rd accumulator spring A   2.8 mm 17.5 mm 94.3 mm 15.6


(0.110 in.) (0.689 in.) (3.713 in.)

3rd accumulator spring B   2.1 mm 31.0 mm 38.2 mm 2.4


(0.083 in.) (1.220 in.) (1.504 in.)
2nd accumulator spring C   2.2 mm 14.5 mm 68.0 mm 13.9
(0.087 in.) (0.571 in.) (2.677 in.)

2nd accumulator spring A   2.4 mm 29.0 mm 39.0 mm 2.9


(0.094 in.) (1.142 in.) (1.535 in.)

3rd sub accumulator spring   2.7 mm 17.0 mm 39.0 mm 6.3


(0.106 in.) (0.669 in.) (1.535 in.)

Lock-up valve Lock-up shift valve spring   0.9 mm 7.6 mm 73.7 mm 32.0
body springs (see (0.035 in.) (0.299 in.) (2.902 in.)
page 14-189)
Lock-up timing valve spring   0.9 mm 8.1 mm 80.7 mm 54.2
(0.035 in.) (0.319 in.) (3.177 in.)

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit


A/T differential Pinion shaft contact area I.D.   18-010-18.028 mm -
carrier (0.709-0.710 in.)
Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance   0.023-0.057 mm 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)
(0.001-0.002 in.)
Driveshaft contact area I.D.   26.025-26.045 mm -
(1.0246-1.0254 in.)
Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance   0.045-0.086 mm 0.12 mm
(0.002-0.003 in.) (0.005 in.)
Set ring-to-carrier bearing outer   0-0.15 mm Adjust
race clearance (0-0.006 in.)
A/T differential Backlash   0.05-0.15 mm -
pinion gear (0.002-0.006 in.)
I.D.   18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft   0.055-0.095 mm 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:56 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

clearance (0.0022-0.0037 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:56 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-15
Standards and Service Limits
Steering
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Steering wheel Rotational play measure at With engine running 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in.) -
outside edge
Starting load measured at With engine running 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbs) -
outside edge
Gearbox Angle of rack guide screw   20° Max.
loosened from locked position
Pump Output pressure with shut-off Engine speed at 3,000 7,600-8,300 kPa (78-85 kgf/cm2, 1,110-1,210 psi)
valve closed rpm (min)
290-1,100 kPa (3-11 kgf/cm2, 43-156 psi)
Power steering Capacity Use Genuine Honda For reservoir capacity: 0.3 l (0.32 US qt, 0.26 Imp qt)
fluid power steering fluid
For system capacity: 1.0 l (1.06 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt)
Power steering Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22   Used belt: 13.0-16.5 mm (0.51-0.65 in.)
pump belt NOTE: lbs) applied mid-way between
New belt: 9.0-11.0 mm (0.35-0.43 in.)
Adjust a new belt pulleys
to the new belt
Tension (measured with belt   Used belt: 390-540 N (40-55 kgf, 88-121 lbs)
spec, run the
tension gauge)
engine for 5 New belt: 740-880 N (75-90 kgf, 165-198 lbs)
minutes, then
readjust it to the
used belt spec.

Suspension
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Wheel alignment Camber Front 0°00'+45°
Rear -0°45'+45'
Caster Front 1°33'+1°
Total Toe Front 0+3 mm (0+0.12 in.)
Rear Adjust: IN 2+2-1 mm (0.08+0.08-0.04 in.)
Inspect: IN 2+3 mm (0.08+0.12 in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inside wheel 38°00'±2°
Outside wheel 30°00' (Reference)
Aluminium wheel Runout Axial 0-0.7 mm (0-0.03 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Radial 0-0.7 mm (0-0.03 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Steel wheel Runout Axial 0-1.0 mm (0-0.04 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Radial 0-1.0 mm (0-0.04 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 in.)
Wheel bearings End play Front 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)
Rear 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:56 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-16
Standards and Service Limits
Brakes
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Parking brake lever Distance travelled when pulled   Rear drum brake 6-7 clicks, Rear disc brake 7-8 clicks
with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbs) of
force
Brake pedal Pedal height (Carpet removed) M/T 184 mm (7.24 in.)
A/T 188 mm (7.40 in.)
Free play   0.4-3.0 mm (0.016-0.118 in.)
Master cylinder Piston-to-pushrod clearance   0-0.4 mm (0-0.02 in.)
Brake disc Thickness Front 20.9-21.8 mm (0.82-0.86 in.) 19.0 mm (0.75 in.)
Rear 8.9-9.1 mm (0.350-0.358 in.) 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
Runout   - 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Parallelism   - 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.)
Brake pads Thickness Front   9.0-10.0 mm (0.35-0.39 in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Thickness Rear   8.5-9.5 mm (0.33-0.37 in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)
Brake drum I.D.   199.9-200.0 mm (7.870-7.874 in.) 201 mm (7.91 in.)
Brake shoes Lining thickness   4.0 mm (0.16 in.) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.)
Brake booster Characteristics at 196 N (20 Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
Vehicle with ABS kgf, 44 lbf) pedal force
kPa (mmHg, inHg) (1) (2)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240) 1600 (16, 230)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4600 (47, 670) 4200 (43, 610)
294 (30, 66) 10500 (107, 10300 (105,
1500) 1500)
Brake booster Characteristics at 196 N (20 Vacuum N (kgf, lbf) kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)
Vehicle without kgf, 44 lbf) pedal force
ABS
kPa (mmHg, inHg) (3) (4)
0 (0, 0) 98 (10, 22) 0 (0, 0) 0 (0, 0)
294 (30, 66) 1700 (17, 240) 1600 (16, 230)
66.7 (500, 19.7) 98 (10, 22) 4400 (45, 640) 4100 (42, 600)
294 (30, 66) 10500 (107, 10300 (105,
1500) 1500)

(1) KK, KY, KX models(2) Except KK, KY, KX models(3) KK, KY, KX models
(4) Except KK, KY, KX models
Air Conditioning
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New
Refrigerant Type   HFC-134 a (R-134 a)
Capacity or system   500-550 g (17.6-19.4 oz)
Refrigerant Oil Type   SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003 or 38899-P13-A01)
Capacity of components Condenser 25 ml (5/6 fl oz, 0.9 Imp oz)
Evaporator 45 ml (1 ½ fl oz, 1.3 Imp oz)
Each line and hose 10 ml (1/3 fl oz, 0.4 Imp oz)
Receiver 10 ml (1/3 fl oz, 0.4 Imp oz)
Compressor 130-150 ml (4 1/3 fl oz, 3.7 Imp oz-5 fl oz, 4.5 Imp oz)
Compressor Starter coil resistance at 20°C (68°F) 3.05-3.35 ohms
Pulley-to-pressure plate   0.5+0.15 mm (0.02+0.006 in.)
clearance
Compressor belt Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22   Used belt: 8.5-11.0 mm (0.33-0.43 in.)
NOTE: Adjust a lbs) applied mid-way between New belt: 5.0-6.5 mm (0.20-0.26 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:56 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

new belt to the pulleys


new belt spec., Tension (measured with belt   Used belt: 440-590 N (45-60 kgf, 100-130 lbs)
run the engine for tension gauge)
New belt: 930-1,125 N (95-115 kgf, 210-255 lbs)
5 minutes, then
readjust it to the
used belt spec.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:56 PM]


Specifications - Design Specifications

  2-17
Design Specifications
Item Measurement Qualification Specification
DIMENSIONS Overall length   4,440 mm (174.8 in.)
Overall width   1,695 mm (66.7 in.)
Overall height   1,415 mm (55.7 in.)*1
  1,400 mm (55.1 in.)*2
Wheelbase   2,620 mm (103.1 in.)
Track Front 1,465 mm (57.7 in.)
Rear 1,470 mm (57.9 in.)
Ground clearance   150 mm (5.9 in.)
Seating capacity   Five
WEIGHT Curb Weight (M/T) 1,103-1,171 kg (2,432-2,582 lbs)
(A/T) 1,128-1,196 kg (2,487-2,637 lbs)
Max. permissible Weight   1,575 kg (3,472 lbs)

*1: KK models
*2: Except KK models

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-17.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:57 PM]


Specifications - Design Specifications

  2-18
Design Specifications
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Specification
ENGINE Type D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC VTEC engine
engines
D17A8 engine Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC engine
Cylinder arrangement   Inline 4-cylinder, transverse
Bore and stroke   75 x 94.4 mm (2.95 x 3.72 in.)
Displacement   1,668 cm3 (102 cu in.)
Compression ratio D17A8, D17A5 engines 9.5
D17A2, D17A9 engines 9.9
Valve train D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 Belt driven, SOHC VTEC 4 valves per cylinder
engines
D17A8 engine Belt driven, SOHC 4 valves per cylinder

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-18.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:57 PM]


Specifications - Design Specifications

  2-19
Design Specifications
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Specification
ENGINE Lubrication system   Forced, wet sump, with trochoid pump
Oil pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm 36.4 l (38.5 US qt, 32.0 imp qt)/minute
Water pump displacement at 6,000 engine rpm 130 l (137 US qt, 114 imp qt)/minute
Fuel required KK model UNLEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher
KB, KE, KG, KR models Premium UNLEADED gasoline with 95 research octane number or higher
KX model UNLEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher (RON of
95 UNLEADED gasoline may also be used)
KY model LEADED gasoline with 91 research octane number or higher (RON of 91
UNLEADED gasoline may also be used)
STARTER Type   Gear reduction
Normal output   1.0 kW
Hour rating   30 seconds
Direction of rotation   Clockwise as viewed from gear end
CLUTCH Clutch M/T Single plate dry, diaphragm spring
A/T Torque converter
Clutch friction material surface M/T 176 cm3 (102 sq in.)
area
MANUAL TRANS- Type   Synchronised, 5-speed forward, 1 reverse
MISSION
Primary reduction   Direct 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 3.461
2nd 1.869
3rd 1.241
4th 0.969
5th 0.805
Reverse 3.230
Final reduction Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.411
AUTOMATIC Type   Electronically controlled automatic, 4-speed forward, 1 reverse
TRANS-MISSION
Primary reduction   Direct 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 2.722
2nd 1.468
3rd 0.975
4th 0.674
Reverse 1.955
Final reduction Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.357
STEERING Type   Rack and pinion, with electrical power assistance/hydraulic power
assistance
Overall ratio   14.49
Turns, lock-to-lock   2.83
Steering wheel diameter   380 mm (15.0 in.)
SUSPENSION Type   Strut
Rear Double wishbone
Shock absorber Front and rear Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-19.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:57 PM]


Specifications - Design Specifications

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-19.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:57 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-2
Standards and Service Limits
Engine Electrical

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit


Ignition coil Rated voltage   12 V
Firing order   1-3-4-2
Spark plug Type   D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines NGK: ZFR6J-11,
ZFR7J-11
DENSO: KJ22CR-L11
D17A5 engines NGK: BKR6E-N-11
BKR7E-N-11
DENSO: K20PR-L11
K22PR-L11
Gap   1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 in.) -
Ignition timing   At idle (check the red M/T (in neutral): 8+2° BTDC at 700+50 rpm (min-1)
mark)
A/T (in or ): 8+2° BTDC at 700+50 rpm (min-1)
Alternator belt Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 Without A/C (with A/C, Used belt: 8.5-11.0 mm (0.33-0.43 in.)
NOTE: Adjust a lbs) applied midway between see "Compressor belt" in
New belt: 6.5-8.5 mm (0.26-0.33 in.)
new belt to the pulleys the A/C table)
new belt spec., Tension (measured with belt Without A/C (with A/C, Used belt: 340-490 N (35-55 kgf, 77-110 lbs)
run the engine for tension gauge) see "Compressor belt" in
5 minutes, then New belt: 540-740 N (55-75 kgf, 120-170 lbs)
the A/C table)
readjust it to the
used belt spec.

Alternator Output At 13.5 V and normal 70 A


engine temperature
Coil (rotor) resistance at 68°F (20°C) 1.84-2.10 ohms
Slip ring O.D.   22.7 mm (0.89 in.) 21.7 mm (0.85 in.)
Brush length   19.0 mm (0.75 in.) 5 mm (0.20 in.)
Brush spring tension   3.3-4.1 N (1.6-1.8 kgf, 3.5-4.0 lbs)
Starter Output   1.0 kW
Commutator mica depth   0.45-0.75 mm (0.018-0.030 in.) 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
Commutator runout   0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
Commutator O.D.   27.9-28.0 mm (1.098-1.102 in.) 27.0 mm (1.063 in.)
Brush length   14.0-14.5 mm (0.55-0.57 in.) 9.0 mm (0.35 in)
Brush spring tension   14.0-20.0 N (1.4 -2.0 kgf, 4.00-5.30 lbf)  
Compression Pressure check at 250 rpm Minimum 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) -
(min-1) with wide open throttle.
Maximum variation 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) -
(See Design Specs for ratio.)

Engine Assembly
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Compression Pressure check at 250 rpm (min- Minimum 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) -
1) with wide open throttle. (see
Maximum variation 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) -
Design Specs for ratio.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:57 PM]


Specifications - Design Specifications

  2-20
Design Specifications
(cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Specification
WHEEL Camber Front 0°
ALIGNMENT
Rear -0°45'
Caster Front 1°33'
Total toe Front 0 mm (0 in.)
Rear In 2 mm (1/16 in.)
BRAKE Type of service brake Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc or drum
Type of parking brake   Mechanical actuating, rear wheels
Pad friction surface area Front 35 cm2 x 2 (5.4 sq in. x 2)
Shoe friction surface area Rear 67 cm2 x 2 (10.3 sq in. x 2)
TYRES Size of front and rear KK, KX models P185/65R 15 86H
KE, KG, KB, KR, KY P195-60R 15 88H
models
Size of spare tyre KG, KB, KR, KX models T125/70D 15 95M
AIR Cooling capacity   3,870 kcal/h (15,400 BTU/h)
CONDITIONING
Compressor Type/manufacturer Scroll/SANDEN
Number of cylinders -
Capacity 85.7 ml/rev. (5.23 cu in./rev.)
Maximum speed 12,000 rpm
Lubricant capacity 130 ml (4 1/3 fl oz)
Lubricant type SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003, 38898-P13-003 or 38899-P13-A01)
Condenser Type Corrugated fin
Evaporator Type Corrugated fin
Blower Type Radial fan
Motor type 190 W/12 V
Speed control 9-speed
Maximum capacity 480 m3/h (16,900 cu ft/h)
Temperature clutch   Air-mix type
Compressor clutch Type Dry, single plate, poly-V belt drive
Electrical power 42 W maximum at 12 V
consumption at 20°C
(68°F)
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Quantity 500-550 g (17.5-19.5 oz)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-20.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:57 PM]


Body Electrical - Relay and Control Unit Locations

   
Body Electrical

Wire Harnesses and Ground Locations 22-2


Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index 22-6
Circuit Identification 22-8

Ground Distribution
Ground to Identification 22-16

Exterior Lights
Taillights Replacement 22-26

Interior Lights
Circuit Diagram-With Sunroof 22-27

Stereo Sound System


Component Location Index 22-28
Circuit Diagram 22-29
Audio Unit Connector Replacement 22-30
Speaker Replacement 22-31
Window Antenna Test 22-32
Window Antenna Repair 22-32

Power Window
Component Location Index 22-33
Circuit Diagram 22-34
Master Switch Input Test 22-36
Master Switch Test/Replacement 22-40
Passenger's Switch Test/Replacement 22-41

Rear Window Defogger


Component Location Index 22-42
Circuit Diagram 22-43
Antenna Module Test 22-44
Function Test 22-45
Defogger Wire Repair 22-45

Outline of Model Changes


Coupe model has been added; related information is included.
The information in which differs from the '01 CIVIC Shop Manual has been included.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If electrical maintenance is required)


This model has an SRS which includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above
the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles, and
side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N
62S5A00 on this CD. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components.
Servicing, disassembling or replacing these items will require special precautions and tools, and should be done only by an
authorised Honda dealer.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:58 PM]


Body Electrical - Relay and Control Unit Locations

To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal
collision, all SRS service work must be performed by an authorised Honda dealer.
Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused
by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
Do not bump the SRS unit. Otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or airbags may deploy when the ignition switch
is ON (II).
SRS electrical wiring connectors are identified by yellow colour coding. Related components are located in the steering
column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats and
around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:58 PM]


Specifications - Design Specifications

  2-21
Design Specifications
(cont'd)

Item Measurement Qualification Specification


ELECTRICAL Battery   12 V - 36 AH/5 hours*1
RATINGS
12 V - 38 AH/5 hours*2
Starter DENSO 12 V - 1.0 kW
MITSUBA 12 V - 1.2 kW
Alternator   12 V - 70 A
Fuses Under-hood fuse/relay 80 A, 60 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
box
Under-dash fuse/relay 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
box
Light bulbs Headlight high beam 12 V - 60 W
Headlight low beam 12 V - 55 W
Front turn signal/Front 12 V - 21 W/5 W
side marker lights
Front position lights 12 V - 5 W/3 CP (candlepower)
Front parking lights 12 V - 5 W
Side turn signal lights 12 V - 21 W
Rear turn signal lights 12 V - 21 W
Brake/Taillights/Rear side 12 V - 21W/5 W
marker light
Rear for light 12 V - 21 W
Inner taillight 12 V - 5 W
High mount brake light 12 V - 21 W
Back-up light 12 V - 21 W
License plate light 12 V - 3 CP
Ceiling light 12 V - 8 W
Trunk light 12 V - 5 W
Individual map light 12 V - 8 W
Spotlights 14 V - 8 W: without sunroof 12 V - 5 W: with sunroof
Gauge light 14 V - 1.4 W
Indicator light 12 V - 1.12 W
  Front fog light 12 V - 55 W
Rear fog light 12 V - 21 W
Glove box light 12 V - 3.4 W
Side turn signal light 12 V - 5 W

*1: KK, KX models


*2: Except KK, KX models

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-21.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:58 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-10
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

To get to the pages referenced on the above diagram, click on the following:
22-11
22-13
22-15

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:58 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-11
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

To get to the pages referenced on the above diagram, click on the following:
22-9
22-12

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:58 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

22-13

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:58 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-12
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:58 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-13
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:59 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-14
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:59 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-15
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:59 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-16
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:59 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-17
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-17.htm[8/25/2012 6:23:59 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-18
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-18.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:00 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-19
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-19.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:00 PM]


Floor

  22-2
Relay and Control Unit Locations
Floor

1. FLOOR WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:00 PM]


Body Specifications

  2-22
Body Specifications

Unit: mm (in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-22.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:00 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-20
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-20.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:01 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-21
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-21.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:01 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-22
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-22.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:01 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-23
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-23.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:01 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-24
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-24.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:01 PM]


Body Electrical - Ground Distribution

  22-25
Ground Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-25.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:02 PM]


Exterior Lights

  22-26
Exterior Lights
Taillight Replacement

Taillights:
1. 1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Disconnect each connector from the taillight.
Brake/Taillight:21/5 W
Back-up Light18 W
Turn Signal Light:27 W
Side Marker Light
(KK, KX, KY):3.8 W

2. 3. Remove the four nuts and taillight.


4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. When installing the taillight check the gasket; if it is
distorted or stays compressed, replace it.
6. After installing the taillight run water over the taillight
to make sure it does not leak.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-26.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:02 PM]


Interior Lights

  22-27
Interior Lights
Circuit Diagram - With Sunroof

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-27.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:02 PM]


Body Electrical - Stereo Sound System

  22-28
Stereo Sound System
Component Location Index

[ ]: RHD type
1. WINDOW ANTENNA
(AM antenna grid)
Wire Test, page 22-32
Wire Repair, page 22-32
2. LEFT TWEETER (KK, KX)
Replacement, page 22-31
3. DRIVER'S [PASSENGER'S] DOOR
SPEAKER
Replacement, page 22-213 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
4. SUB ANTENNA LEAD
5. RIGHT TWEETER (KK, KX)
Replacement, page 22-31
6. PASSENGER'S [DRIVER'S] DOOR
SPEAKER
Replacement, page 22-213 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
7. AUDIO UNIT
Removal, page 22-212 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
Connector Replacement, page 22-30
8. ANTENNA LEAD
9. ANTENNA MODULE
Input Test, page 22-44
10. REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
(FM antenna, grid)
Antenna Wire Test, page 22-32
Defogger Function, page 22-45
Defogger Wire Repair, page 22-45
11. REAR SPEAKERS
Replacement, page 22-31

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-28.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:02 PM]


Body Electrical - Stereo Sound System

  22-29
Stereo Sound System
Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-29.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:02 PM]


Body Electrical - Relay and Control Unit Locations

  22-3
Relay and Control Unit Locations
Rear
1. REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GROUND
WIRE
2. REAR WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:03 PM]


Body Electrical - Stereo Sound System

 
22-30
Stereo Sound System
Audio Unit Connector Replacement
Cavity Wire Connects to
1 YEL/GRN Antenna module
2 YEL/RED ACC (Main stereo power supply)
3 - Not used
4 - Not used
5 PNK Right rear speaker (+)
6 BLU/WHT Left rear speaker (+)
7 GRN/YEL Passenger's door speaker (+), Right tweeter (+)
8 GRN/BLK Driver's door speaker (+), Left tweeter (+)
9 RED/BLK Lights-on signal
10 WHT/RED Constant power
11 - Not used
12 - Not used
13 - Not used
14 - Not used
15 BLU/YEL Right rear speaker (-)
16 BLU/BLK Left rear speaker (-)
17 GRY/RED Passenger's door speaker (-), Right tweeter (-)
18 LT GRN Driver's door speaker (-), Left tweeter (-)
19 RED Dash lights brightness controller
20 BLK Ground (G503)

AUDIO UNIT 20P CONNECTOR

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-30.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:03 PM]


Body Electrical - Stereo Sound System

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-30.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:03 PM]


Body Electrical - Stereo Sound System

  22-31
Stereo Sound System
Speaker Replacement

Tweeter: Rear Speaker:


1. 1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-4). 1. 1. Remove the rear shelf (see page 20-35).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the tweeter 2. Remove the four screws, and disconnect the 2P
(B). connector (A) from the speaker (B).

2. 3. Remove the mirror garnish (C).


4. Remove the screw and tweeter from the mirror
garnish.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-31.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:03 PM]


Body Electrical - Stereo Sound System

22-32 Window Antenna Repair


Stereo Sound System
Window Antenna Test

1. 1. Wrap Aluminium foil (A) around the tip of the tester NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section must
probe (B) as shown. be no longer than 1 inch.
1. 1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A)
with fine steel wool, then clean it with alcohol.

2. 2. Touch one tester probe to the window antenna


terminal (A) and move the other tester probe along
the antenna wires to check that continuity exists. 2. 2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion
of the window antenna wire (B) with transparent tape
(C).
3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver
conductive paint (A) extending about 1/8" on both
sides of the break. Allow 25 minutes to dry.
Thoroughly mix the paint before use.

3. 4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire.


5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it
dry 3 hours before removing the tape

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-32.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:03 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-33
Power Windows
Component Location Index
1. UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
2. POWER WINDOW RELAY
Test, page 22-80 in the '01 CIVIC Shop
Manual on this CD
3. PASSENGER'S WINDOW MOTOR
Test, page 22-198 in the '01 CIVIC Shop
Manual on this CD
4. PASSENGER'S WINDOW SWITCH
Test, page 22-41
Replacement, page 22-41
5. POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH
Input Test, page 22-36
Test, page 22-40
Replacement, page 22-40
6. DRIVER'S WINDOW MOTOR
Test, page 22-196 in the '01 CIVIC Shop
Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-33.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:03 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-34
Power Windows
Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-34.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:04 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-35
Power Windows
Circuit Diagram (cont'd)

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-35.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:04 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-36
Power Windows
Master Switch Input Test

KY model
NOTE: The power window control unit is built into the power window master switch, and it only controls the driver's window
operations.
1. 1. Remove the power window master switch (A) (see page 22-40)
2. Disconnect the 14P connector (B) from the master switch.

2. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector.
If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 4.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-36.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:04 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-37
Power Windows
Master Switch Input Test (cont'd)

1. 4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5.
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not
obtained
10 BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: Poor ground (G501)
14 There should be continuity. An open in the wire
11 GRN/WHT Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: Blown No. 23 (20A) fuse in the
There should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
An open in the wire
12 YEL/GRN Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: Blown No. 6 (7.5 A) fuse in the
2 GRN/BLK There should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
Blown No. 22 (20 A) fuse in the
under-dash fuse/relay box
Faulty power window relay
An open in the wire
7 RED/YEL Connect the No. 11 and Check for driver's window motor Faulty driver's window motor
4 RED/BLK No. 7 terminals, and the operation: An open in the wire
No. 4 and No. 14 It should run (the driver's window
terminals, and turn the moves down).
ignition switch ON (II).
3 BLU/RED Connect the No. 2 and Check for front passenger's Faulty passenger's window
1 BLU/WHT No. 1 terminals, and the window motor operation: motor
No. 3 and No. 10 It should run (the front Faulty passenger's window
terminals, and turn the passenger's window moves switch
ignition switch ON (II). down). An open in the wire.
2. 5. Reconnect the 14P connector to the switch, and perform the following input tests.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace the power window master switch.
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not
obtained
5 RED/WHT Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: Faulty power window master
There should be battery voltage. switch
An open in the wire
6 LT GRN Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: An open in the wire
There should be battery voltage.
13 BLU Ignition switch ON (II), Check for voltage between the No. Blown No. 6 (7.5 A) fuse in the
and the driver's window 13 and No. 6 terminals: under-dash fuse/relay box
switch AUTO DOWN There should be 0 V - about 5 V - Blown No. 23 (20 A) fuse in the
0 V - about 5 V repeatedly. under-dash fuse/relay box
Faulty power window relay
8 ORN Ignition switch ON (II), Check for voltage between the No.
Faulty power window master
and the driver's window 8 and No. 6 terminals:
switch
switch AUTO DOWN There should be 0 V - about 5 V - An open in the wire
0 V - about 5 V repeatedly.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-37.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:04 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-38
Power Windows
Master Switch Input Test (cont'd)

Except KY
NOTE: The power window control unit is built into the power window master switch, and it only controls the driver's window
operations.
1. 1. Remove the power window master switch (A) (see page 22-40).
2. Disconnect the 14P connector (B) from the master switch.

2. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector.
If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 4.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-38.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:04 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-39
Power Windows
Master Switch Input Test (cont'd)

1. 4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5.
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not
obtained
10 BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: Poor ground (G501)
14 There should be continuity. An open in the wire
11 GRN/WHT Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: Blown No. 6 (7.5 A) fuse in the
2 GRN/BLK There should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
Blown No. 22 or 23 (20 A) fuse
in the under-dash fuse/relay
box
Faulty power window relay
An open in the wire
4 [1] RED/BLK Connect the No. 11 and Check for driver's window motor Faulty driver's window motor
7 [3] RED/YEL No. 7 [No. 3] terminals, operation: An open in the wire
and the No. 4 [No. 1] It should run (the driver's window
and No. 14 terminals, moves down).
and turn the ignition
switch ON (II).
3 [4] BLU/RED Connect the No. 2 and Check for passenger's window Faulty passenger's window
1 [7] BLU/WHT No. 1 [No. 7] terminals, motor operation: motor
and the No. 3 [No. 4] It should run (the passenger's Faulty passenger's window
and No. 10 terminals, window moves down). switch
and turn the ignition An open in the wire.
switch ON (II).
2. 5. Reconnect the 14P connector to the switch, and perform the following input tests.
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace the power window master switch.
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not
obtained
13 BLU Connect the No. 11 and Check for voltage between the No. Faulty driver's window motor
No. 7 [No. 3] terminals, 13 and No. 14 terminals: An open in the wire
and the No. 4 [No. 1] About 6 V should be indicated
and No. 14 terminals, while the driver's window motor
and turn the ignition running.
switch ON (II).
[ ]: RHD type

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-39.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:05 PM]


Body Electrical - Relay and Control Unit Locations

  22-4
Relay and Control Unit Locations
Door

NOTE: LHD type is shown, RHD type is similar.


KG and KE models:
1. DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS

Except KG and KE models:


1. DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:05 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-40
Power Windows
Master Switch Test/Replacement

1. 1. Remove the screw and the power window master 1. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
switch (A) from the door panel. switch position according to the table.
Driver's Switch:
The driver's switch is combined with the control unit so you
cannot isolate the switch to test it. Instead, run the master
switch input test procedures on page 22-36. If the tests are
normal, the driver's switch must be faulty.

2. 4. If the switch is faulty, remove the two screws and


replace the switch.

2. 2. Disconnect the 14P connector (B) from the switch.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-40.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:05 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Windows

  22-41
Power Windows
Passenger's Window Switch Test/Replacement

1. 1. Remove the screw and passenger's power window


switch (A) from the door panel.

2. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (B) from the switch.


3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
switch position according to the table.

3. 4. If the switch is faulty, remove the two screws and


replace the switch.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-41.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:05 PM]


Body Electrical - Rear Window Defogger

  22-42
Rear Window Defogger
Component Location Index

*: Rear window defogger switch is built into the heater control panel.
1. REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER SWITCH*
2. UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
3. REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER RELAY
Test, page 22-80 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this
CD
4. ANTENNA MODULE
Input Test, page 22-44
5. REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
Function Test, page 22-45
Defogger Wire Repair, page
22-45

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-42.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:06 PM]


Body Electrical - Rear Window Defogger

  22-43
Rear Window Defogger
Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-43.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:06 PM]


Body Electrical - Rear Window Defogger

  22-44
Rear Window Defogger
Antenna Module Input Test

1. 1. Remove the right C-Pillar trim (see page 20-35) 1. 7. Disconnect the rear window defogger (+B OUT)
2. 2. Make sure the antenna module mounting bolt (A) is connector (C) from the antenna module.
torqued to 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf/m, 7.2 lbf/ft). 2. 8. Check for continuity between the rear window
Wire side of female terminals defogger negative terminal connector and body
ground.
There should be continuity.
If there is no continuity, check for.
An open in the BLK wire.
An open in the rear window defogger wire (see
page 22-45).
Poor ground (G701).

3. 3. Disconnect the 2P connector from the antenna


module (B).
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and turn the rear
window defogger switch ON.
5. Check for voltage between the No. 2 terminal and
body ground. There should be battery voltage.
If there is no voltage, check for.
Faulty rear window defogger relay.
Blown No. 11 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood
fuse/relay box.
An open in the BLK/YEL wire.
4. 6. Check for continuity between No. 1 terminal and
audio unit 20P connector No. 1 terminal. There
should be continuity.
If there is no continuity, check for an open in the YEL/GRN
wire.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-44.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:06 PM]


Body Electrical - Rear Window Defogger

22-45 Defogger Wire Repair


Rear Window Defogger
Function Test

NOTE: NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section must


Be careful not to scratch or damage the defogger be no longer than one inch.
wires with the tester probe. 1. 1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A)
Before testing, check the No. 11 (40 A) fuse in the with fine steel wool, then clean it with alcohol.
under-hood fuse/relay box and No. 14 (10 A) fuse in
the under-dash fuse/relay box.
1. 1. Check for voltage between the positive terminal (A)
and body ground with the ignition switch and
defogger switch ON.
There should be battery voltage.
If there is no voltage, check for:
faulty defogger relay.
faulty antenna module.
an open in the wire between the defogger relay
and positive terminal.
faulty defogger switch.
3. 2. Check for continuity between the negative terminal
(B) and body ground. 2. 2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion
If there is no continuity, check for: of the defogger wire (B) with transparent tape (C).
an open in the BLK wire. 3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver
Poor body ground at the window antenna coil conductive paint extending about 1/8" on both sides
mounting bolt. of the break. Allow 25 minutes to dry. Thoroughly
Poor ground (G701) mix the paint before use.
4. 3. Touch the voltmeter positive probe to the halfway
point of each defogger wire, and the negative probe
to the negative terminal.
There should be about 6 V with the ignition switch and the
defogger switch ON.
If the voltage is as specified, the defogger wire is
OK.
If the voltage is not as specified, repair the
defogger wire.
If it is more than 6 V, there is a break in the
negative half of the wire.
If it is less than 6 V, there is a break in the
positive half of the wire.

3. 4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire.


5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it
dry 3 hours before removing the tape.

file:///C|/...0EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-45.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:06 PM]


Body Electrical - Relay and Control Unit Locations

  22-5
Relay and Control Unit Locations
Door (cont'd)

NOTE: LHD type is shown, RHD type is similar.


KG and KE models:
1. PASSENGER'S DOOR
WIRE HARNESS

Except KG and KE models:


1. PASSENGER'S DOOR
WIRE HARNESS

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:06 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-6
Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index

Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box


Fuse Amps Wire Component(s) or Circuit(s) Protected
Number Colour
1 20 A BLU/YEL Condenser fan motor
BLU/RED A/C compressor clutch
2 15 A WHT/GRN Climate control unit, Dash lights, Front parking lights, Front side marker lights, Heater control
panel, License plate lights, Taillights
3 7.5 A WHT/BLU Ceiling light, Spotlights, Trunk light
4 20 A BLU/BLK Radiator fan motor
5 10 A WHT/BLK Turn signal/hazard relay, Turn signal lights
6 15 A WHT/BLK CKP sensor, ECM/PCM, Injectors, IAC valve, Immobiliser control unit-receiver, PGM-FI main
relay 1 and 2, TDC sensor
7 15 A WHT/GRN Horn, Brake lights, Brake signals (to ABS modulator-control unit, Cruise control unit,
ECM/PCM, Multiplex control unit)
8 20 A WHT/GRN ABS modulator unit
9 10 A WHT/RED Data link connector (DLC), Gauge assembly, Immobiliser control unit-receiver, Keyless
receiver unit, Multiplex control unit, Security control unit, Audio unit
10 40 A WHT/RED ABS modulator unit
11 30 A BLK/YEL Rear window defogger, Antenna module
12 40 A BLU/WHT Blower motor
13 40 A WHT/BLK No. 7 fuse (in the under-dash fuse/relay box), Power window relay
14 40 A WHT/RED No. 3, and 16 fuses (in the under-dash fuse/relay box)
15 15 A RED/YEL High beam indicator light, Left headlight
16 20 A WHT Multiplex control unit
17 15 A RED Right headlight
18 - - Not used
19 80 A - Battery, Power distribution
20 50 A*1 WHT Ignition switch (BAT)
40 A*2

*1: KG, KE, KR


*2: KB, KK, KX, KY

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

: Spare Fuse

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-7
Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index (cont'd)

Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box


Fuse Amps Wire Component(s) or Circuit(s) Protected
Number Colour
1 15 A BLK/WHT Ignition coils
2 - - Not used
3 10 A RED/BLU Multiplex control unit
4 10 A BLK/ORN Alternator, Cruise control unit, Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve, Primary
and secondary HO2S, Vehicle speed sensor (VSS)
5 7.5 A Fuse/relay Multiplex control unit (KG)
box socket
6 7.5 A YEL/GRN Sunroof open and close relays, Power window relay, Headlight adjuster unit
7 20 A GRN Sunroof motor
8 7.5 A YEL/RED Audio unit, Multiplex control unit
9 10 A GRN OPDS unit
10 7.5 A YEL A/T reverse relay, Back-up lights, Gauge assembly, Keyless receiver unit, Multiplex control
unit, Security control unit, Shift lock solenoid
11 7.5 A BLK/ORN ABS modulator-control unit (IG2)
12 7.5 A YEL/RED Multiplex control unit (KG)
13 10 A PNK SRS unit
14 10 A BLK/YEL A/C compressor fan relay, Heater control panel/climate control unit, Condenser fan relay,
Blower motor relay, Power mirror actuators, Radiator fan relay, Recirculation control motor,
Rear window defogger relay
15 30 A RED/YEL Headlight washer control unit (KG, KR)
16 20 A RED/BLK Seat heaters
17 15 A BLK/YEL ECM/PCM, SRS unit
18 15 A YEL/GRN Cigarette lighter
19 7.5 A YEL/BLK Turn signal/hazard relay
20 20 A GRN/BLK Multiplex control unit, Windshield washer motor, Windshield wiper motor
21 - - Not used
22 20 A GRN/BLK Passenger's power window motor
23 20 A GRN/WHT Driver's power window motor

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-8
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification

4 - door:

To get to the pages referenced on the above diagram, click on the following:
22-13
22-14

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

22-15

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Body Electrical - Power Distribution

  22-9
Power Distribution
Circuit Identification (cont'd)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/22-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-3
Standards and Service Limits
Cylinder Head

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit


Head Warpage   - 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Height   92.95-93.05 mm -
(3.659-3.663 in.)

Camshaft End play   0.05-0.15 mm 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)


(0.002-0.006 in.)

Camshaft-to-holder oil   0.050-0.089 mm 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)


clearance (0.0020-0.0035 in.)

Total runout   0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in.)


Cam lobe height D17A2, VTEC intake, Primary 38.604 mm (1.5198 in.) -
D17A5, D17A9 engines
VTEC intake, secondary 32.848 mm (1.2932 in.) -
VTEC exhaust 38.299 mm (1.3897 in.) -
Cam lobe height D17A8 engine Intake 35.299 mm (1.3897 in.) -
Exhaust 37-281 mm (1.4678 in.) -
Valves Clearance (cold) Intake 0.18-0.22 mm (0.007-0.009 in.) -
Exhaust 0.23-0.27 mm (0.009-0.01 in.) -
Stem O.D Intake 5.48-5.49 mm 5.45 mm (0.215 in.)
(0.2157-0.2161 in.)

Exhaust 5-45-5.46 mm 5.42 mm (0.213 in.)


(0.2146-0.2150 in.)

Stem-to-guide clearance Intake 0.02-0.05 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)


(0.0008-0.0020 in.)

Exhaust 0.05-0.08 mm 0.11 mm (0.004 in.)


(0.0020-0.0031 in.)

Valve seats Width Intake 0.85-1.15 mm 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)


(0.033-0.045 in.)

Exhaust 1.25-1.55 mm 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)


(0.049-0.061 in.)

Stem installed height Intake 53.17-53.64 mm 53.89 mm (2.122 in.)


(2.093-2.112 in.)

Exhaust 53-17-53.64 mm 53.89 mm (2.112 in.)


(2.093-2.112 in.)

Valve springs Free length D17A2, D17A5, VTEC intake 56-49 mm (2.224 in.) -
D17A9 engines
VTEC exhaust 58-70 mm (2.31 in.) -
Free length D17A8 engine Intake 58.70 mm (2.311 in.) -
Exhaust 58.70 mm (2.311 in.) -
Valve guides I.D. Intake 5.51-5.53 mm 5.55 mm (0.219 in.)
(0.217-0.218 in.)

Exhaust 5-51-5.53 mm 5.55 mm (0.219 in.)


(0.217-0.218 in.)

Installed height Intake 17.85-18.35 mm -


(0.703-0.722 in.)

Exhaust 18-65-19.15 mm -
(0.734-0.754 in.)

Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft clearance Intake 0.014-0.050 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)


(0.0007-0.0020 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

Exhaust 0.018-0.054 mm 0.08 mm (0.003 in.)


(0.0007-0.0021 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:07 PM]


Restraints - Restraints

   
Restraints

Seat Belts
Front Seat Belt Replacement 23-2
Inspection 23-4

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)


Side Impact Sensor Replacement 23-5

NOTE: Refer to the 'CIVIC 4/5 D MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION 01'the other part of this CD for the items not
shown in this section.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/23-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:08 PM]


Restraints - Seat Belts

  23-2
Seat Belts
Front Seat Belt Replacement

SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS 1. 6. Remove the upper anchor cap (A) and remove the
component location, precautions and procedures in the SRS upper anchor bolt (B).
section before performing repairs or service. Refer to the '01
Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD NOTE:
NOTE: Check the front seat belts for damage, and replace
them if necessary. Be careful not to damage them during
removal and installation.
Front Seat Belt
1. 1. If equipped, make sure you have the anti-theft code
for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the
preset buttons.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable, and wait at
least 3 minutes before beginning work.
3. Slide the front seat forward fully.
4. Remove the lower anchor bolts, then remove the
2. 7. Disconnect the seat belt tensioner connector (A).
slide bar (A).
Remove the retractor mounting self-tapping ET
screw (B) and the retractor bolt (C), then remove the
front seat belt (D) and retractor (E).

2. 5. Remove the slide trim panel refer to '01 Civic Shop


Manual on this CD (see page 20-35).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/23-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:08 PM]


Restraints - Seat Belts

  23-3
Seat Belts
Front Seat Belt Replacement (cont'd)

Install the belt in the reverse order of removal and note these Lower anchor bolt construction:
items:
If the threads on the retractor mounting self-
tapping ET screw are worn out, use an oversized
self-tapping ET screw made specifically for this
application.
Check that the retractor locking mechanism
functions (see page 23-4).
Assemble the washers, collars and bushing on
the upper and lower anchor bolts as shown.
Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure
there are no twists or kinks in the front seat belt.
Make sure the seat belt tensioner connector is 1. 1. LOWER ANCHOR BOLT
plugged in properly. 2. TOOTHED LOCK WASHER
Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. COLLAR
4. LOWER ANCHOR
If equipped, enter the anti-theft code for the radio,
then enter the customer's radio station presets. Retractor bolt:
Upper anchor bolt construction:

2. 1. RETRACTOR BOLT
1. 1. BUSHING 2. COLLAR
2. UPPER ANCHOR 3. SPRING WASHER
3. WASHERS 4. TOOTHED LOCK WASHER
4. TOOTHED LOCK WASHER 5. RETRACTOR
5. COLLARS
6. SPRING WASHER
7. UPPER ANCHOR BOLT

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/23-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:08 PM]


Restraints - Seat Belts

  23-4
Seat Belts
Inspection

For front seat belt retractor with seat belt tensioner, review the
SRS component locations, precautions and procedures in the
SRS section before performing repairs or service. Refer to the
'01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD.
Retractor
1. 1. Before installing the retractor, check that the seat belt
can be pulled out freely.
2. Make sure that the seat belt does not lock when the
retractor (A) is leaned slowly up to 15° from the
mounted position. The seat belt should lock when the
retractor is leaned over 40°. Do not attempt to
disassemble the retractor.
Front:

2. 3. Replace the seat belt with a new assembly if there is


any abnormality. Do not disassemble any part of the
seat belt for any reason.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/23-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:08 PM]


SRS

  23-5
SRS
Side Impact Sensor Replacement

Removal Installation

CAUTION CAUTION
Removal of the airbag must be performed Be sure to install the harness wires so that
according to the precautions/procedures they are not pinched or interfering with
described before. other parts.
Before disconnecting the side impact Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II) and
sensor 2P connector(s), disconnect the do not connect the battery cable while
side airbag 2P connector(s). replacing the side impact sensor.
Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II) and
do not connect the battery cable while Install the side impact sensor in the reverse order of removal,
replacing the side impact sensor. and note these items:
Replace the Torx bolt with a new one.
1. 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait at After installing the side impact sensor, confirm proper
least 3 minutes before beginning work. system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II):
2. Slide the front seat forward. the SRS indicator light should come on for about 6
3. Remove these items: seconds and then go off.
Rear seat-backs
Rear seat cushion
2. 4. Remove the front seat belt lower anchor slide bar
(see page 23-2).
5. Remove the side trim panel refer to '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 20-35).
6. Remove the middle cross-member gusset.
7. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from
the side impact sensor.
8. Remove the Torx bolt (A) using a Torx T30 bit, then
remove the side impact sensor (B).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/23-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:09 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-4
Standards and Service Limits
Engine Block
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Block Warpage of deck   0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max. 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
Bore diameter   75.00-75.02 mm 75.07 mm (2.9555 in.)
(2.9528-2.9535 in.)

Bore taper   - 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)


Reboring limit   - 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
Piston Skirt O.D. at 13 mm (0.5 in.)   74.98-74.99 mm 74.97 mm (2.9516 in.)
from bottom of skirt (2.9520-2.9524 in.)

Clearance in cylinder   0.010-0.040 mm (0.0004-0.0016 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)


Ring groove width for D17A5 Top 1.020-1.030 mm (0.0402-0.0406 in.) 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
engines
Second 1.220-1.230 mm (0.0481-0.0484 in.) 1.25 mm (0.049 in.)
Oil 2.805-2.820 mm (0.1104-0.1110 in.) 2.85 mm (0.112 in.)
Ring groove width for except Top 1.020-1.030 mm (0.0402-0.0406 in.) 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines
Second 1.220-1.230 mm (0.0481-0.0484 in.) 1.25 mm (0.049 in.)
Oil 2.005-2.020 mm (0.0789-0.0795 in.) 2.05 mm (0.08 in.)
Piston rings Ring-to-groove clearance for Top 0.035-0.055 mm (0.0014-0.0022 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
except D17A8, D17A9 engines
Second 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Ring-to-groove clearance for Top 0.035-0.060 mm (0.0014-0.0024 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
D17A5, engines
Second 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Ring end gap for except Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.80 mm (0.008-0.031 in.) 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
Ring end gap for D15Y3, Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
D17A5 engine
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.80 mm (0.008-0.031 in.) 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
Ring end gap for D17A5 engine Top 0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Second 0.30-0.45 mm (0.012-0.018 in.) 0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil 0.20-0.70 mm (0.008-0.028 in.) 0.80 mm (0.031 in.)
Piston pin O.D.   18.996-19.000 mm (0.7479-0.7480 in.) -
Pin-to-piston clearance   0.010-0.020 mm (0.0004-0.0008 in.) -
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod interference   0.016-0.036 mm (0.0006-0.0014 in.) -
Small-end bore diameter   18.96-18.98 mm (0.746-0.747 in.) -
Large-end bore diameter D17A2, D17A5, D17A8, 48.0 mm (1.89 in.) -
(Nominal) D17A9 engines
End play installed on crankshaft   0.15-0.30 mm (0.006-0.012 in.) 0.40 mm (0.016 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:09 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-5
Standards and Service Limits
Engine Block (cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Crankshaft Main journal diameter D17A2, D17A5, D17A8, 54.976-55.000 mm (2.1644-2.1654 in.) -
D17A9 engines
Rod journal diameter D17A2, D17A5, D17A8, 44.976-45.000 mm (1.7707-1.7717 in.) -
D17A9 engines
Rod/main journal taper   0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.)

Rod/main journal out-of-round   0.0025 mm (0.0001 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.)

End play   0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 in.) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)

Runout   0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.04 mm (0.002 in.)

Crankshaft Main bearing-to-journal oil No. 1 journal 0.018-0.036 mm (0.0007-0.0014 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
bearings clearance for D117A2, D17A5,
No. 5 journal
D17A8, D17A9 engines
No. 2 journal 0.024-0.042 mm (0.0009-0.0017 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
No. 3 journal
No. 4 journal
Rod bearing clearance   0.024-0.042 mm (0.0009-0.0017 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

Engine Lubrication
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Engine oil Capacity D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) for engine overhaul
engines 3.5 l (3.7 US qt, 3.1 Imp qt) for oil change, including filter
3.3 l (3.5 US qt, 2.9 Imp qt) for oil change, without filter
D17A8 engine 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) for engine overhaul
3.2 l (3.4 US qt, 2.8 Imp qt) for oil change, including filter
3.0 l (3.2 US qt, 2.6 Imp qt) for oil change, without filter
Oil pump Inner-to-outer rotor clearance   0.06-0.18 mm (0.002-0.007 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Pump housing-to-outer rotor   0.10-0.18 mm (0.004-0.007 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
clearance
Pump housing-to-rotor axial   0.02-0.07 mm (0.001-0.003 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
clearance
Oil pressure with oil temperature At idle 70 kPa (0.7kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min.
at 80°C (176°F) at 3,000 rpm (min-1) 340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) min.

Cooling
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Radiator Coolant capacity (Includes M/T: engine overhaul 5.1 l (5.4 US qt, 4.5 lmp qt)
engine, heater, hoses and M/T: coolant change 4.0 l (4.2 US qt, 3.5 lmp qt)
reservoir)
A/T: engine overhaul 5.0 l (5.3 US qt, 4.4 lmp qt)
A/T: coolant change 3.9 l (4.1 US qt, 3.4 lmp qt)
Reservoir Coolant capacity   0.4 l (0.4 US qt, 0.4 lmp qt)
Radiator cap Opening pressure   93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm2 , 14-18 psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begins to open 76-80°C (169-176°F)
Fully open 90°C (194°F)
Valve lift at fully open   8.0 mm (0.31 in.) min.
Radiator fan Thermoswitch "ON" temperature   91-95°C (196-203°F)
switch Thermoswitch "OFF" temperature   Subtract 3-8°C (5-15°F) from actual "ON" temperature

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:09 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-6
Standards and Service Limits
Fuel and Emissions

Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit


Fuel pressure Pressure with fuel pressure   270-320 kPa (2.8-3.3 kgf/cm2, 40-47 psi)
regulator gauge connected
Fuel tank Capacity   45 l (11.9 US gal, 9.9 Imp gal)

Engine idle Idle speed with headlights and M/T in neutral 700+50 rpm
radiator fan off
A/T in N.gif or P.gif 700+50 rpm
Fast idle M/T in neutral 1,250+50 rpm
1,250+50 rpm
A/T in or
Idle CO% Except D17A5 engine 0.1 max.
D17A5 engine 1.0 max.

Clutch
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Clutch pedal Height from the floor 198 mm (7.8 in.) -
Stroke   130-140 mm (5.1-5.5 in.) -

Play   8-18 mm (0.3-0.7 in.) -

Disengagement height from the floor 113 mm (4.4 in.) min. -


Flywheel Runout on clutch mating surface   0.06 mm (0.002 in.) max. 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

Clutch disc Rivet head depth   1.65-2.25 mm 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)


(0.065-0.089 in.)

Thickness   8.3-9.0 mm (0.33-0.35 in.) 5.7 mm (0.22 in.)

Pressure plate Warpage   0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

Height of diaphragm spring Measure with feeler gauge 0.6 mm (0.02 in.) max. 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)
fingers and special tool

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:09 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-7
Standards and Service Limits
Manual Transmission and Differential
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Transmission oil Capacity   For fluid change: 1.5 l (1.6 US qt, 1.3  
Imp qt)
For overhaul: 1.6 l (1.7 US qt, 1.4 Imp qt)  
Mainshaft End play   0.11-0.18 mm Adjust
(0.004-0.007 in.)

Diameter of ball bearing contact   25.977-25.990 mm 25.92 mm


area (clutch housing side) (1.0227-1.0232 in.) (1.021 in.)

Diameter of spacer collar   28.980-28.993 mm 28.930 mm


contact area (1.1409-1.1415 in.) (1.1390 in.)

Diameter of needle bearing   34.984-35.000 mm 34.93 mm


contact area (1.3773-1.3780 in.) (1.375 in.)

Diameter of ball bearing contact   25.987-26.000 mm 25.93 mm


area (transmission housing (1.0231-1.0236 in.) (1.020 in.)
side)
Run out   0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

Mainshaft 3rd and I.D.   39.009-39.025 mm 39.070 mm


4th gears (1.5358-1.5364 in.) (1.5382 in.)

End play 3rd gear 0.06-0.21 mm 0.33 mm


(0.002-0.008 in.) (0.013 in.)

4th gear 0.06-0.19 mm 0.31 mm


(0.002-0.007 in.) (0.012 in.)

Thickness 3rd gear 27.92-27.97 mm 27.85 mm


(1.099-1.101 in.) (1.096 in.)

4th gear 27.02-27.07 mm 26.95 mm


(1.064-1.066 in.) (1.061 in.)
Mainshaft 5th gear I.D.   39.009-39.025 mm 39.070 mm
(1.5358-1.5364 in.) (1.5382 in.)

End play   0.06-0.19 mm 0.31 mm


(0.002-0.007 in.) (0.012 in.)

Thickness   28.92-28.97 mm 28.85 mm


(1.139-1.141 in.) (1.136 in.)

Countershaft Diameter of needle bearing   34.000-34.015 mm 33.95 mm


contact area (clutch housing (1.3386-1.3392 in.) (1.3366 in.)
side)
Diameter of ball bearing contact   24.980-24.993 mm 24.93 mm
area (transmission housing (0.9835-0.9840 in.) (0.981 in.)
side)
Diameter of 1st gear contact   37.984-38.000 mm 37.934 mm
area (1.4954-1.4961 in.) (1.493 in.)

Run out   0.02 mm 0.05 mm


(0.001 in.) max. (0.002 in.)

Countershaft 1st I.D.   43.009-43.025 mm 43.070 mm


gear (1.6932-1.6939 in.) (1.6957 in.)

Endplay   0.03-0.10 mm 0.22 mm


(0.001-0.039 in.) (0.009 in.)

Thickness   26.91-26.94 mm (1.059-1.061 in.) 26.86 mm (1.057 in.)

Countershaft 2nd I.D.   45.009-45.025 mm 45.070 mm


gear (1.7720-1.7726 in.) (1.7744 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:09 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

End play   0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) 0.24 mm


(0.009 in.)

Thickness   27.41-27.46 mm (1.079-1.081 in.) 27.36 mm (1.077 in.)

Countershaft 2nd I.D.   34.000-34.010 mm 34.040 mm


gear spacer collar (1.3386-1.3390 in.) (1.3402 in.)

O.D.   39.989-40.000 mm 39.930 mm


(1.5744-1.5748 in.) (1.5720 in.)

Length   27.53-27.56 mm 27.51 mm


(1.084-1.085 in.) (1.083 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:09 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-8
Standards and Service Limits
Manual Transmission and Differential (cont'd)
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
Mainshaft 4th I.D.   29.002-29.012 mm 29.060 mm
and 5th gears (1.1418-1.1422 in.) (1.1441 in.)
spacer collar
O.D.   34.989-35.000 mm 34.930 mm
(1.3775-1.3780 in.) (1.3752 in.)

Length A 51.97-52.03 mm -
(2.046-2.048 in.)

B 24.03-24.06 mm -
(0.946-0.947 in.)

Reverse idler I.D.   15.016-15.043 mm 15.080 mm


gear (0.5912-0.5922 in.) (0.5937 in.)

Gear-to-reverse gear shaft clearance   0.032-0.077 mm 0.140 mm


(0.0012-0.0030 in.) (0.0055 in.)

Synchro ring Ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed against 0.85-1.10 mm 0.4 mm


gear (0.033-0.043 in.) (0.016 in.)

Dual cone Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone clearance Ring pushed against 0.5-1.0 mm 0.3 mm
synchro gear (0.02-0.04 in.) (0.01 in.)

Synchro cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed against 0.5-1.0 mm 0.3 mm


gear (0.02-0.04 in.) (0.01 in.)

Outer synchro ring-to-gear cone clearance Ring pushed against 0.95-1.68 mm 0.6 mm
gear (0.037-0.066 in.) (0.02 in.)
Shift fork Finger thickness 1st-2nd and 3rd-4th 7.4-7.6 mm -
forks (0.29-0.30 in.)

5th fork 6.7-6.9 mm -


(0.26-0.27 in.)

Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance   0.35-0.65 mm 1.00 mm


(0.014-0.026 in.) (0.039 in.)

Reverse shift Pawl groove width   13.8-14.1 mm 15.5 mm (0.610 in.)


fork (0.543-0.555 in.)
Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance   1.6-2.2 mm 2.8 mm
(0.06-0.09 in.) (0.11 in.)

Shift arm I.D.   13.973-14.000 mm (0.5501- -


0.5512 in.)
Shift fork diameter at contact area   12.9-13.0 mm (0.508-0.512 in.) -

Shift arm-to-shift lever clearance   0.2-0.5 mm 0.62 mm


(0.008-0.020 in.) (0.024 in.)

Select lever Finger width   14.75-14.95 mm (0.581-0.589 in.) -

Shift lever Shaft-to-select lever clearance   0.05-0.40 mm 0.6 mm


(0.002-0.016 in.) (0.024 in.)

Groove (to select lever)   15.00-15.15 mm -


(0.591-0.596 in.)

Shaft-to-shift arm clearance   0.013-0.07 mm 0.1 mm


(0.0005-0.003 in.) (0.004 in.)

M/T differential Pinion shaft contact area I.D.   18.010-18.028 mm -

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:10 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

carrier (0.7091-0.7098 in.)

Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance   0.027-0.057 mm 0.100 mm


(0.0011-0.0022 in.) (0.0039 in.)

Driveshaft contact area I.D.   26.025-26.045 mm -


(1.0246-1.0254 in.)

M/T differential Backlash   0.05-0.15 mm -


pinion gear (0.002-0.006 in.)

I.D.   18.042-18.066 mm -
(0.7103-0.7113 in.)

Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance   0.059-0.095 mm 0.150 mm


(0.0023-0.0037 in.) (0.0059 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:10 PM]


Specifications - Standards and Service Limits

  2-9
Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit
ATF (Automatic Capacity Use genuine Honda ATF- For fluid change: 2.7 l (2.9 US qt, 2.4 Imp qt)
Transmission Z1
For overhaul: 6.0 l (6.3 US qt, 5.3 Imp qt)
Fluid)
ATF pressure Line pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
(9.0-9.5 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.5 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)
or position
4th clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
position (8.7-9.2 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.2 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)

3rd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
position (8.7-9.2 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.2 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)

2nd clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 850-900 kPa 800 kPa
position (8.7-9.2 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.2 kgf/cm2 120 psi)

1st clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
position (9.0-9.5 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.5 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)

1st-hold clutch pressure At 2,000 rpm (min-1) in 880-930 kPa 830 kPa
position (9.0-9.5 kgf/cm2, 120-130 psi) (8.5 kgf/cm2, 120 psi)

Torque converter Stall speed D14Z5 engine 2,550 rpm (min-1) 2,400-2,700 rpm (min-1)
Check with vehicle on level D15Y2, D15Y3, D15Y5, 2,650 rpm (min-1) 2,500-2,800 rpm (min-1)
ground D15Y6 engines
D16W7 engine 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
D16W8 engine 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
D17A1, D17Z1 engine 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
D17A2, D17Z5 engine 2,800 rpm (min-1) 2,650-2,950 rpm (min-1)
Valve body Stator shaft needle bearing Torque converter side 27.000-27.021 mm (1.063-1.064 in.) When worn or damaged
contact I.D.
ATF pump side 29.000-29.013 mm (1.1417-1.1422 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump gear thrust   0.03-0.06 mm (0.001-0.002 in.) 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
clearance
ATF pump gear-to-body Drive gear 0.105-0.1325 mm (0.004-0.005 in.) -
clearance
Driven gear 0.0350-0.0625 mm (0.001-0.002 in.) -
ATF pump driven gear I.D.   14.016-14.034 mm (0.5518-0.5525 in.) When worn or damaged
ATF pump driven gear shaft   13.980-13.990 mm (0.5504-0.5508 in.) When worn or damaged
O.D.
Reverse shift fork Fork finger thickness   5.90-6.00 mm (0.232-0.236 in.) 5.4 mm (0.213 in.)
Park gear and       When worn or damaged
pawl
Servo body Shift fork shaft bore I.D.   14.000-14.010 mm (0.5512-0.5516 in.) -
Shift fork shaft valve bore I.D.   37.000-37.039 mm (1.4567-1.4582 in.) 37.045 mm (1.4585 in.)
Regulator valve Sealing ring contact I.D.   35.000-35.025 mm (1.3780-1.3782 in.) 35.050 mm (1.3799 in.)
body
Stator shaft Diameter of needle bearing ATF pump side 29.000-29.013 mm (1.1417-1.1422 in.) When worn or damaged
contact area
Torque converter side 27.000-27.021 mm (1.0630-1.0638 in.) When worn or damaged

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/2-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:10 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance

   
Maintenance

Lubricants and Fluids 3-2


Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (For European Model) 3-4
Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (For European Model) 3-6
Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (Except European Models) 3-8
Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (Except European Models) 3-10

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:10 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (Except European Models)

  3-10
Maintenance Schedule for Severe
Conditions (Except European Models)
Listed by Distance/Time

km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200


Service at the indicated distance or time whichever comes miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
first.
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

Replace engine oil Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months

Replace engine oil filter Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months

Replace air cleaner element Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)

with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)


Inspect valve clearance
without catalytic converter Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)

Replace fuel filter   l   l   l   l   l


with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace spark plugs
without catalytic converter Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)

Replace timing belt and inspect water pump         l         l


Inspect and adjust drive belts   l   l   l   l   l
with catalytic converter           l        
Inspect idle speed
without catalytic converter     l     l     l  
200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months,
Replace engine coolant thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
or 60 months

Manual Transmission     l     l     l  
Replace transmission fluid
Automatic Transmission     l   l   l   l  
Inspect front and rear brakes Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months

Replace brake fluid Every 36 months

Check parking brake adjustment l l   l   l   l   l


Rotate tyre (Check tyre inflation and condition at least once per month) Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles)

  Visually inspect the following items:

Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots

Suspension components Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months

Driveshaft boots

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) l l l l l l l l l l


All fluid levels and condition of fluid

Exhaust system

Fuel line and connections


Follow the Severe Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the customer's vehicle is driven MAINLY under one or more of the following
conditions:

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:10 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (Except European Models)

Driving less than 8 km (5 miles) per trip or, in freezing temperatures, driving less than 16 km (10 miles) per trip.
Driving in extremely hot over 35°C (95°F) conditions.
Extensive idling of long periods of stop-and-go-driving.
Trailer towing, driving with a car-top carrier, or driving in mountainous conditions.
Driving on muddy, dusty, or de-iced roads.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:10 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (Except European Models)

  3-11
Maintenance Schedule for Severe
Conditions (Except European Models)
Listed by Distance/Time (cont'd)

NOTES SECTION and PAGE


  (see page 8-3)
  (see page 8-6)*1
  (see page 11-147)*1 (seepage 11-447)*1
Check the valve clearance. (see page 6-8)
  (see page 11-138)*1 (see page 11-296)*1
(see page 11-438)*1 (see page 11-571)*1
  (see page 4-17)
Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. (see page 6-18)*1 (see page 6-22)*1 (see
page 10-7)*1
Check for cracks and damage. (see page 17-23)*1
Check deflection and tension.
  (see page 11-125)*1 (see page 11-285)*1
(see page 11-425)*1 (see page 11-560)*1
(see page 11-71)
Check specific gravity for freezing point. (see page 10-8)*1
Use genuine Honda MTF (Manual Transmission Fluid). (see page 13-3)*1
Use genuine Honda AFT-Z1 (ATF). (see page 14-122)*1
Check the brake pad and disc thickness. Check for damage or cracks. (see page 19-3)*1
Check the wheel cylinder for leaks.
Check the brake linings for cracking, glazing, wear or contamination.
Check the calipers for damage, leaks and tightness.
Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check (see page 19-7)*1
that Brake fluid level is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
Check the parking brake operation. (see page 19-6)*1
The suggested rotation method is shown in the diagram of the Owner's Manual -
Check for correct installation and position, check for cracks, deterioration rust -
and leaks.
Check tightness of screws, nuts and joints. If necessary, retighten.
Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and (see page 17-5)*1
leaking grease.
Check the fluid line for damage and leaks.
Check the bolts for tightness. (see page 18-3)*1
Check all dust covers for deterioration and damage.
Check the boot and boot band for cracks (see page 16-3)*1
Check rack grease.
Check the master cylinder, proportioning control valve and ABS modulator and leakage. (see page 19-48)*1
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter heat shield, exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and (see page 9-3)
tightness.
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1
and replace any damaged parts (see page 11-432)*1 (see page 11-565)*1

NOTE: If the customer's vehicle is driven OCCASIONALLY under severe condition, you should follow the Normal Condition
Maintenance Schedule on pages 3-8 and 3-9.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (Except European Models)

*1: Refer to shop manual: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 692S5A00 on this CD.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Lubricants and Fluids

  3-2
Lubricants and Fluids

For the details of lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to the illustrated index and various work procedures
(such as Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement, Overhaul, Installation, etc.) contained in each section.
NO. LUBRICATION POINTS LUBRICANT
1 Engine Always use fuel-efficient that says "API service SG, SH or SJ"
SAE Viscosity See chart below.
2 Transmission Manual Genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) *1
Automatic Genuine Honda ATF-Z1 (ATF) *2
3 Brake system (includes ABS line) Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 *3
4 Clutch line Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 *3
5 Power steering gearbox Steering grease P/N 08733-B070E
6 Release fork (manual transmission) Super High Temp Urea Grease (P/N 08798-9002)
7 Shift and select cable ends (Manual transmission)
8 Throttle cable end (dashboard lower panel hole) Silicon grease
9 Throttle cable end (throttle link) Multi-purpose grease
10 Brake master cylinder pushrod
11 Clutch master cylinder pushrod
12 Shift lever
13 Pedal linkage
14 Battery terminals
15 Fuel fill lid
16 Rear brake shoe linkage Honda White Lithium Grease
17 Hood hinges and latch
18 Trunk hinges and latch
19 Door hinges, upper and lower
20 Door opening detent
21 Calliper piston boot, calliper pins and boots Silicone grease
22 Brake line joints (front and rear wheelhouse) Rust preventatives
23 Power steering system Honda Power Steering Fluid *4
24 Air conditioning compressor Compressor oil: SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897-P13-003 or
38899-P13-A01)
For refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-134a)

Recommended Engine oil


Engine oil viscosity for ambient temperature ranges

CAUTION
Used engine oil may cause skin cancer if repeatedly left in contact with the skin for prolonged
periods. Although this is unlikely unless you handle used oil on a daily basis, it is still advisable
to thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Lubricants and Fluids

*1     Always use genuine Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF). Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not
contain the proper additives.
*2     Always use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.
*3     We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the
system.
*4     Always Honda Power Steering Fluid. Using any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause
increased wear and poor steering in cold weather.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Lubricants and Fluids

  3-3
Lubricants and Fluids
(cont'd)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions

  3-4
Maintenance Schedule for Normal
Conditions
(European Model)

Listed by Distance/Time
Follow the Normal Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the severe driving conditions specified in the Severe Conditions
Maintenance Schedule on 3-6 and 3-7 do not apply.
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Service at the indicated distance or time whichever comes miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
first.
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

Replace engine oil l l l l l l l l l l


Replace engine oil filter l l l l l l l l l l
Replace air cleaner element Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)

Inspect valve clearance Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)

Replace fuel filter           l        

Replace spark plugs Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)

Replace timing belt and inspect water pump Every 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months

Inspect and adjust drive belts   l   l   l   l   l


Inspect idle speed           l        

200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months,


Replace engine coolant thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) or
60 months

Manual Transmission Every 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months

Replace transmission fluid 120,000 km (72,000 miles) or 96 months,


Automatic Transmission thereafter every 80,000 km (48,000 miles) or 48
months

Inspect front and rear brakes l l l l l l l l l l


Replace brake fluid Every 36 months

Check parking brake adjustment l l   l   l   l   l


Replace air conditioning filter Every 30,000 km (18,000 miles) or 12 months

Check light alignment l l l l l l l l l l


Test drive (noise, stability, dashboard operation) l l l l l l l l l l
Visually inspect the following items:

Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots l l l l l l l l l l


Suspension components

Driveshaft boots

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS)

All fluid levels and condition of fluid

Exhaust system

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions

Fuel line and connections

Tyre condition

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions

  3-5
Maintenance Schedule for Normal
Conditions
(European Model) (cont'd)
NOTES SECTION and PAGE
  (see page 8-3)
  (see page 8-6) *1
  (see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1
Check the valve clearance. (see page 6-8)
  (see page 11-138)*1 (see page 11-296)*1
(see page 11-438)*1 (see page 11-571)*1
  (see page 4-17)
Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. (see page 6-18)*1 (see page 6-22)*1 (see
page 10-7)*1
Check for cracks and damage. (see page 17-23)*1
Check deflection and tension.
  (see page 11-125)*1 (see page 11-285)*1
(see page 11-425)*1 (see page 11-560)*1
(see page 11-71)
Check specific gravity for freezing point. (see page 10-8)*1
Use genuine Honda MTF (Manual Transmission Fluid). (see page 13-3)*1
Use genuine Honda AFT-Z1 (ATF). (see page 14-122)*1
Check the brake pad and disc thickness. Check for damage or cracks. (see page 19-3)*1
Check the wheel cylinder for leaks.
Check the brake linings for cracking, glazing, wear or contamination.
Check the callipers for damage, leaks and tightness.
Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check (see page 19-7)*1
that Brake fluid level is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
Check the parking brake operation. (see page 19-6)*1
  -
Check the position of the headlight. (see page 22-114)*1
Check for road stability, noise, vibrations and dashboard operation. -
Check for correct installation and position, check for cracks, deterioration rust -
and leaks.
Check tightness of screws, nuts and joints. If necessary, retighten.
Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and (see page 17-5)*1
leaking grease.
Check the fluid line for damage and leaks.
Check the bolts for tightness. (see page 18-3)*1
Check all the dust covers for deterioration and damage.
Check the boot and boot band for cracks (see page 16-3)*1
Check rack grease.
Check the master cylinder, proportioning control valve and ABS modulator and leakage. (see page 19-48)*1
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter heat shield, exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and (see page 9-3)
tightness.
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1
and replace any damaged parts (see page 11-432)*1 (see page 11-565)*1
Check for pressure, puncture or cuts and irregular tread wear. -

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions

*1: Refer to shop manual: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62D5A00 on this CD.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:11 PM]


Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (European Model)

  3-6
Maintenance Schedule for Severe
Conditions (European Model)
Listed by Distance/Time

km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200


Service at the indicated distance or time whichever comes miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
first.
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

Replace engine oil Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months

Replace engine oil filter l l l l l l l l l l


Replace air cleaner element l l l l l l l l l l
Inspect valve clearance Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)

Replace fuel filter           l        

Replace spark plugs Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)

Replace timing belt and inspect water pump           l        

Inspect and adjust drive belts   l   l   l   l   l


Inspect idle speed           l        

200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months,


Replace engine coolant thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
or 60 months

Every 60,000 km (36,000 miles) or 48


Manual Transmission
months
Replace transmission fluid 60,000 km (36,000 miles) or 48 months,
Automatic Transmission thereafter every 40,000 km (24,000 miles) or
24 months

Inspect front and rear brakes Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months

Replace brake fluid Every 36 months

Check parking brake adjustment l l l l l l l l l l


Every 30,000 km (18,000 miles) or 12
Replace air conditioning filter
months

Check light alignment l l l l l l l l l l


Test drive (noise, stability, dashboard operation) l l l l l l l l l l
Visually inspect the following items:

Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots

Suspension components Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months

Driveshaft boots

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) l l l l l l l l l l


All fluid levels and condition of fluid

Exhaust system

Fuel line and connections

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:12 PM]


Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions (European Model)

Tyre condition
Follow the Servere Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the customer's vehicle is driven MAINLY under one or more of the
following conditions:
Driving less than 8 km (5 miles) per trip or in freezing temperatures, driving less than 16 km (10 miles) per trip.
Driving in extremely hot over 35°C (95°F) conditions.
Extensive idling of long periods of stop-and-go-driving.
Trailer towing, driving with a car-top carrier or driving in mountainous conditions.
Driving on muddy, dusty or de-iced roads.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:12 PM]


Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions

  3-7
Maintenance Schedule for Severe
Conditions
(European Model) (cont'd)
NOTES SECTION and PAGE
  (see page 8-3)
  (see page 8-6)*1
  (see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1
Check the valve clearance. (see page 6-8)
  (see page 11-138)*1 (see page 11-296)*1
(see page 11-438)*1 (see page 11-571)*1
  (see page 4-17)
Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. (see page 6-18)*1 (see page 6-22)*1 (see
page 10-7)*1
Check for cracks and damage. (see page 17-23)*1
Check deflection and tension.
  (see page 11-125)*1 (see page 11-285)*1
(see page 11-425)*1 (see page 11-560)*1
(see page 11-71)
Check specific gravity for freezing point. (see page 10-8)*1
Use genuine Honda MTF (Manual Transmission Fluid). (see page 13-3)*1
Use genuine Honda AFT-Z1 (ATF). (see page 14-122)*1
Check the brake pad and disc thickness. Check for damage or cracks. (see page 19-3)
Check the wheel cylinder for leaks.
Check the brake linings for cracking, glazing, wear or contamination.
Check the calipers for damage, leaks and tightness.
Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check (see page 19-7)*1
that Brake fluid level is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
Check the parking brake operation. (see page 19-6)*1
  -
Check the position of the headlight. (see page 22-114)*1
Check for road stability, noise, vibrations and dashboard operation. -
Check for correct installation and position, check for cracks, deterioration -
rust and leaks.
Check tightness of screws, nuts and joints. If necessary, retighten.
Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and (see page 17-5)*1
leaking grease.
Check the fluid line for damage and leaks.
Check the bolts for tightness. (see page 18-3)*1
Check all dust covers for deterioration and damage.
Check the boot and boot band for cracks (see page 16-3)*1
Check rack grease.
Check the master cylinder, proportioning control valve and ABS modulator and leakage. (see page 19-48)*1
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter heat shield, exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and (see page 9-3)
tightness.
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1
and replace any damaged parts (see page 11-432)*1 (see page 11-565)*1
Check for pressure, puncture or cuts and irregular tread wear. -

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:12 PM]


Maintenance Schedule for Severe Conditions

NOTE: If the customer's vehicle is driven OCCASIONALLY under severe condition, you should follow the Normal Condition
Maintenance Schedule on pages 3-4 and 3-5.
*1: Refer to shop manual: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62S5A00 on this CD.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:12 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (Except European Models)

  3-8
Maintenance Schedule for Normal
Conditions (Except European Models)
Listed by Distance/Time

Follow the Normal Conditions Maintenance Schedule if the severe driving conditions specified in the Severe Conditions
Maintenance Schedule on 3-10 and 3-11 do not apply.
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Service at the indicated distance or time whichever comes miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
first.
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

Unleaded type: Every 10,000 km (6,000


miles) or 12 months
Replace engine oil
Leaded type: Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles)
or 6 months

Unleaded type: Every 20,000 km (12,000


miles) or 12 months
Replace engine oil filter
Leaded type: Every 10,000 km (6,000
miles) or 6 months

Clean or replace air cleaner element Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)

with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)


Inspect valve clearance
without catalytic converter Every 20,000 km (12,000 miles)

Replace fuel filter   l   l   l   l   l


with catalytic converter Every 40,000 km (24,000 miles)
Replace spark plugs
without catalytic converter Every 20,000 km (12, 000 miles)

Replace timing belt and inspect water pump         l         l


Inspect and adjust drive belts   l   l   l   l   l
with catalytic converter           l        
Inspect idle speed
without catalytic converter     l     l     l  
200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months,
Replace engine coolant thereafter every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
or 60 months

Manual Transmission           l     l  
Replace transmission fluid
Automatic Transmission           l     l  
Inspect front and rear brakes every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)

Replace brake fluid Every 36 months

Check parking brake adjustment l l   l   l   l   l


Rotate tyre (Check tyre inflation and condition at least once per month) Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles)

  Visually inspect the following items:

Tie rod ends, steering gearbox and boots Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months

Suspension components

Driveshaft boots

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:12 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (Except European Models)

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) l l l l l l l l l l


All fluid levels and condition of fluid

Exhaust system

Fuel line and connections

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:12 PM]


Maintenance - Maintenance Schedule for Normal Conditions (Except European Models)

  3-9
Maintenance Schedule for Normal
Conditions (Except European Models)
Listed by Distance/Time (cont'd)
NOTES SECTION and PAGE
  (see page 8-3)
  (see page 8-6)*1
  (see page 11-147)*1 (see page 11-447)*1
Check the valve clearance. (see page 6-8)
  (see page 11-138)*1 (see page 11-296)*1
(see page 11-438)*1 (see page 11-571)*1
  (see page 4-17)
Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. (see page 6-18)*1 (see page 6-22)*1 (see
page 10-7)*1
Check for cracks and damage. (see page 17-23)*1
Check deflection and tension.
  (see page 11-125)*1 (see page 11-285)*1
(see page 11-425)*1 (see page 11-560)*1
(see page 11-71)
Check specific gravity for freezing point. (see page 10-8)*1
Use genuine Honda MTF (Manual Transmission Fluid). (see page 13-3)*1
Use genuine Honda AFT-Z1 (ATF). (see page 14-122)*1
Check the brake pad and disc thickness. Check for damage or cracks. (see page 19-3)*1
Check the wheel cylinder for leaks.
Check the brake linings for cracking, glazing, wear or contamination.
Check the calipers for damage, leaks and tightness
Use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid. (We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.) Check (see page 19-7)*1
that Brake fluid level is between the upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
Check the parking brake operation. (see page 19-6)*1
The suggested rotation method is shown in the diagram of the Owner's Manual. -
Check for correct installation and position, check for cracks, deterioration -
rust and leaks.
Check tightness of screws, nuts and joints. If necessary, retighten.
Check rack grease and steering linkage. Check the boot for damage and (see page 17-5)*1
leaking grease.
Check the fluid line for damage and leaks.
Check the bolts for tightness. (see page 18-3)*1
Check all dust covers for deterioration and damage.
Check the boot and boot band for cracks (see page 16-3)*1
Check rack grease.
Check the master cylinder, proportioning control valve and ABS modulator and leakage. (see page 19-48)*1
Check for leaks. -
Check the catalytic converter heat shield, exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks and (see page 9-3)
tightness.
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose connections (see page 11-132)*1 (see page 11-290)*1
and replace any damaged parts (see page 11-432)*1 (see page 11-565)*1

*1: Refer to shop manual: '01 CIVIC MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62S5A00 on this CD.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/3-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:12 PM]


Engine Electrical - Engine Electrical

   
Engine Electrical

Special Tools 4-2


Starting System
Component Location Index 4-3
Circuit Diagram 4-4
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting 4-5
Starter Performance Test 4-7
Starter Overhaul 4-8

Ignition System
Component Location Index 4-15
Circuit Diagram 4-16
Spark Plug Inspection 4-17

Charging System
Circuit Diagram 4-18

Cruise Control
Circuit Diagram 4-19

NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:13 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-10
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

Armature Inspection and Test 1. 5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is
1. 1. Remove the starter, refer to '01 Civic Shop Manual below the service limit, replace the armature.
(see page 4-9). Commutator Diameter
2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of Standard (New):
this procedure. 27.9 - 28.0 mm (1.098 - 1.102 in.)
3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from
Service Limit:
contact with the permanent magnet. If there is wear
or damage, replace the armature. 27.0 mm (1.142 in.)

2. 4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is


dirty or burnt, resurface with emery cloth or a lathe 2. 6. Measure the commutator (A) runout.
within the following specifications, or recondition with If the commutator runout is within the
#500 or #600 sandpaper (B). service limit, check the commutator for
carbon dust or brass chips between the
segments.
If the commutator runout is not within the
service limit, replace the armature.
Commutator Runout
Standard (New):0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max.
Service Limit:0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:13 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-11
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

1. 7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), 1. 9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B).
undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the armature core. If
proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while
commutator segments. The undercut should not be the core is turned, the armature is shorted. Replace
too shallow, too narrow, or V-shaped (D). the armature.
Commutator Mica Depth
Standard (New):
0.45 - 0.75 mm (0.018 - 0.030 in.)
Service Limit:
0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

2. 10. Check with an ohmmeter that no continuity exists


between the commutator (A) and armature coil core
(B) and between the commutator and armature shaft
2. 8. Check for continuity between the segments of the (C). If continuity exists, replace the armature.
commutator. If an open circuit exists between any
segments, replace the armature.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:13 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-12
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

Starter Brush Inspection Starter Brush Holder Test


1. 11. Measure the brush length. If it is not within the 1. 14. Check that there is no continuity between the (+)
service limit, replace the armature housing assembly. brush holder (A) and (-) brush holder (B). If there is
Brush Length no continuity, replace the brush holder assembly.
Standard (New):
M/T:14.0 - 14.5 mm (0.55 - 0.58 in.)
A/T:15.8 - 16.2 mm (0.62 - 0.64 in.)
Standard (New):
M/T:9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
A/T:11.0 mm (0.43 in.)

2. 15. Insert the brush (A) into the brush holder and bring
the brush into contact with the commutator, then
attach a spring scale (B) to the spring (C). Measure
the spring tension at the moment the spring lifts off
the brush.
Spring Tension:
Starter Field Winding Test (M/T) 13.7 - 17.7 N (1.4 - 1.8 kgf, 3.07 - 3.97 lbf)
2. 12. Check for continuity between the brushes (A). If there
is no continuity, replace the armature housing (B).

3. 13. Check for continuity between each brush (A) and the
armature housing (B). If there is continuity, replace
the armature housing.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:13 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-13
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

1. 16. Pry back each brush spring with a screwdriver, then 1. 18. Install the starter end cover (A) to retain the brush
position the brush about halfway out of its holder, holder (B).
and release the spring to hold it there.

2. 17. Install the armature in the housing and install the


brush holder. Next, pry back each brush spring again
and push the brush down until it seats against the
commutator, then release the spring against the end
of the brush.
NOTE: To seat new brushes, slip a strip of #500 or #600
sandpaper, with the grit side up, between the commutator
and each brush and smoothly rotate the armature. The
contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the same
contour as the commutator.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:14 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-14
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

Overruning Clutch Inspection


1. 19. Slide the overrunning clutch along the shaft. Replace
it if it does not slide smoothly.
2. 20. Rotate the overrunning clutch (A) both ways.
Does it lock in one direction and rotate smoothly in
reverse? If it does not lock in either direction or it locks in
both directions, replace it.

3. 21. If the starter drive gear (B) is worn or damaged,


replace the overrunning clutch assembly; the gear is
not available separately.
Check the condition of the flywheel or torque converter ring
gear if the starter drive gear teeth are damaged,
4. 22. Reassemble the starter in reverse order of
disassembly.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:14 PM]


Engine Electrical - Ignition System

  4-15
Ignition System
Component Location Index

1. SPARK PLUG
Inspection, page 4-17
2. IGNITION COIL
Removal/Installation, page 4-20 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:14 PM]


Engine Electrical - Ignition System

  4-16
Ignition System
Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:14 PM]


Engine Electrical - Ignition System

  4-17
Ignition System
Spark Plug Inspection

1. 1. Inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator. 1. 3. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the
Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: centre electrode is rounded (A). Use only the spark
Advanced ignition timing plugs listed below.
Loose spark plug Spark Plugs:
Plug heat range too hot Engine Type Spark Plug Type
Insufficient cooling D17A2, D17A8, ZFR6J-11 (NGK)
Fouled plug may be caused by: D17A9 ZFR7J-11 (NGK)
Retarded ignition timing KJ20CR-L11 (DENSO)
Oil in combustion chamber
Incorrect spark plug gap D17A5 BKR6E-N-11 (NGK)
Plug heat range too cold BKR7E-N-11 (NGK)
Excessive idling/low speed running K20PR-L11 (DENSO)
Clogged air cleaner element
Deteriorated ignition coils

2. 4. Apply a small quantity of anti-seize compound to the


plug threads and screw the plugs into the cylinder
head finger-tight. Then torque them to 18 Nm (1.8
kgf/m, 13 lbf/ft).

2. 1. Worn or deformed electrodes


2. Damaged gasket
3. Cranked Insulator
4. Improper gap
Oil-fouling
Carbon deposits
Cranked centre electrode insulator

3. 2. Do not adjust the gap of platinum tip plugs (A);


replace the spark plug if the gap is out of
specification.
Electrode Gap:
Standard (New):1.0 - 1.1 mm (0.039 - 0.043 in.)
Service Limit:1.3 mm (0.05 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-17.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:14 PM]


Charging System

  4-18
Charging System
Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-18.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:15 PM]


Cruise Control

  4-19
Cruise Control

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-19.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:15 PM]


Engine Electrical - Engine Electrical

  4-2
Engine Electrical
Special Tools

Number Tool Number Description Qty


1 07JGG-0010100 Belt Tension Gauge 1
2 07746-0010400 Driver Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
3 07749-0010000 Handle Driver 1

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:15 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-3
Starting System
Component Location Index

1. STARTER CUT RELAY


Test, page 22-80 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
2. UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
3. CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH (M/T)
Test, page 4-7 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
Switch Position Adjustment, page 12-4
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. STARTER
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting, page 4-5
Solenoid Test, Page 4-7
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Performance Test, page 4-7
Replacement, page 4-9
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Overhaul, page 4-8
5. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH (A/T)
Test, page 14-159
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Replacement, page 14-161
in the '01 Civic Shop Manual

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:15 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-4
Starting System
Circuit Diagram

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:15 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-5
Starting System
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting

NOTE: 1. 4. Check the battery condition. Check electrical


Air temperature must be between 59° and 100°F (15° connections at the battery and the starter for
and 38°F) during this procedure. looseness and corrosion. Then check the starter
After this test, or any subsequent repair, reset the again.
Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Did the starter crank the engine?
Module (PCM) to clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes YES - The starting system is OK.
(DTCs), refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this NO - Go to step 5.
CD (see page 11-13).
2. 5. Make sure the transmission is in neutral, then
Recommended Procedure:
disconnect the BLK/WHT wire (A) from the starter
Use a starter system tester. solenoid (B). Connect a jumper wire from the battery
Connect and operate the equipment in accordance positive terminal to the solenoid terminal.
with the manufacturer's instructions.
Alternate Procedure
1. 1. Hook up the following equipment:
Ammeter, 0 - 400 A
Voltmeter, 0 - 20 V (accurate within 0.1 volt)
Tachometer, 0 - 1200 rpm

Did the starter crank the engine?


YES - Go to step 6.
NO - Remove the starter and diagnose its internal
problems.

2. 2. Remove the No. 46 (15 A) fuse from the under-dash


fuse/relay box.
3. With the shift lever in or (A/T), or the clutch
pedal pressed (M/T), turn the ignition switch to start
(III).
Did the starter crank the engine normally?
YES - The starting system is OK.
NO - If the starter will not crank at all, go to step 4. If it
cranks the engine erratically or too slowly, go to step 7. If it
will not disengage from the flywheel or torque converter ring
gear when you release the key, check for the following until
you find the cause.
Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction
Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning clutch

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:16 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-6
Starting System
Starter Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)

1. 6. Check the following items are in the order listed until


you find the open circuit.
Check the BLK/WHT wire and connectors
between the starter cut relay and the ignition
switch and between the starter cut relay and the
starter.
Check the ignition switch (see page 22-83).
With A/T, check the transmission range switch
and connector. With M/T, check the clutch
interlock switch and connector, refer to the '01
Civic Shop manual on this CD (see page 4-7).
2. 7. Check engine speed during cranking.
Is the engine speed above 100 rmp?
YES - Go to step 8.
NO - Remove and disassemble the starter and check for
the following until you find the cause.
Excessively worn starter brushes
Open circuit in commutator brushes
Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear
Faulty drive gear clutch
3. 8. Check the cranking voltage and current draw.
Is cranking voltage no less than 8.0 volts and 200 amps?
YES - Go to step 9.
NO - Remove and disassemble the starter and check for
the following until you find the cause.
Open circuit in starter armature commutator
segments
Starter armature dragging
Shorted armature winding
Excessive drag in engine
4. 9. Remove the starter and inspect its drive gear and the
flywheel or torque converter ring gear for damage.
Replace any damaged parts.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:16 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-7
Starting System
Starter Performance Test

1. 1. Disconnect the wires from the S terminal and the M 1. 5. Also disconnect the battery from the body. If the
terminal. pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly. To
avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery
connected for more than 10 seconds.

2. 2. Make a connection as described below using as


heavy a wire as possible (preferably equivalent to the
wire used for the vehicle). 2. 6. Clamp the starter firmly in a vice.
3. Connect the battery as shown. If the starter pinion 7. Connect the starter to the battery as described in the
pops out, it is working properly. To avoid damaging diagram below and confirm that the motor starts and
the starter, do not leave the battery connected for keeps rotating.
more than 10 seconds.
4. Disconnect the battery from the M terminal. If the
pinion does not retract, the hold-in coil is working
properly. To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave
the battery connected for more than 10 seconds.

3. 8. If the electric current and motor speed meet the


specifications when the battery voltage is at 11.5 V,
the starter is working properly.
Specifications:
Maker Electric current Motor speed
DENSO 90 A or less 3,000 rpm (min-1) or more
(1.0 Kw)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:16 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-8
Starting System
Starter Overhaul

Disassembly/Reassembly - M/T
1. STARTER SOLENOID
2. MOLYBDENUM DISULPHIDE
3. SOLENOID LEVER
4. GEAR HOUSING
5. OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY
6. ARMATURE
7. ARMATURE HOUSING
8. MOLYBDENUM DISULPHIDE
9. MOLYBDENUM DISULPHIDE
10. BRUSH HOLDER
11. END COVER

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:16 PM]


Engine Electrical - Starting System

  4-9
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)

Disassembly/Reassembly - A/T
1. STARTER SOLENOID
2. MOLYBDENUM DISULPHIDE
3. SOLENOID LEVER
4. GEAR HOUSING
5. OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY
6. ARMATURE
7. ARMATURE HOUSING
8. MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE
9. MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE
10. BRUSH HOLDER
11. END COVER

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/4-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:16 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Mechanical

   
Engine Mechanical

Engine Assembly
Engine Removal 5-2
Engine Installation 5-10
Cylinder Head 6-1
Engine Block 7-1
Engine Lubrication 8-1
Intake Manifold/Exhaust System 9-1
Engine Cooling 10-1

NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00on this CD, for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:17 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-10
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation

1. 1. Install the accessory brackets and tighten their bolts and nuts to the specified torques.
1. REAR STIFFENER
(D17A8, D17A9
engines M/T)
2. REAR STIFFENER
(D17A8, D17A9
engines A/T)
3. P/S PUMP BRACKET
4. ENGINE MOUNT
BRACKET
5. A/C COMPRESSOR
BRACKET
6. STIFFENER
(D17A2, D17A5,
D17A8, D17A9
engines A/T)
7. FRONT STIFFENER
(D17A8, D17A9
engines)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:17 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-11
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

1. 2. Position the engine under the vehicle. Attach the 1. 4. Tighten the rear mount mounting bolts.
chain hoist to the engine, then lift the engine into
position in the vehicle.

Reinstall the mounting bolts/support nuts in the sequence


given. Failure to follow this sequence may cause excessive
noise and vibration and reduce bushing life.
2. 3. Install the sub-frame (A). Align the reference lines (B)
on the sub-frame with the bolt head centre, then
tighten the bolts.

2. 5. Lower the hoist.


6. Tighten the side engine mount bracket mounting
nuts.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:17 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-12
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

1. 7. Tighten the transmission mount bracket mounting 1. 8. Tighten the front mount mounting bolt.
bolt/nuts.
M/T:

2. 9. Remove the chain hoist from the engine.


10. Raise the hoist to full height.
11. Install a new spring clip on the end of each
driveshaft, then install the driveshafts. Make sure
A/T: each clip ''clicks'' into place in the differential and
intermediate shaft.
12. Connect the suspension lower arm ball joints and
stabiliser links, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD (see page 18-18).
13. Install the shift control cable (A), then install the shift
cable covers (B) (A/T).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:17 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-13
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

1. 14. Install exhaust pipe A/TWC (A): use new gaskets (B) 1. 18. Install the ATF cooler hoses (A/T).
and new self-locking nuts (C). Connect the primary
HO2S connector (D) and secondary HO2S connector
(E) (Except D17A5 engine).

2. 19. Install the heater hose.

2. 15. Install the splash shield.

3. 16. Install the front tyres/wheels.


17. Lower the hoist.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:18 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-14
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

1. 20. Connect the upper radiator hose (A), lower radiator 1. 22. Install the A/C hose bracket (A) and P/S hose
hose (B), heater hose (C) and ground cable (D). bracket (B).

2. 23. Loosely install the alternator.


2. 21. Install the A/C compressor (A), then install the 24. Adjust the alternator belt tension, refer to the '01
alternator lower bracket (B). Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-38) or
the alternator-compressor belt tension, refer to the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-37).
25. Loosely install the P/S pump belt and pump.
26. Adjust the P/S pump belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 17-23).
27. Push the ECM/PCM connectors through the
bulkhead, then install the grommet (A).

3. 28. Install the harness clamps (B).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:18 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-15
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

1. 29. Connect the ECM/PCM connectors. 1. 31. Install the cruise control cable, then adjust the cable,
RHD models: refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 4-48).
2. 32. Install the throttle cable, then adjust the cable, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
11-149).
33. Install the brake booster vacuum hose.
RHD models:

LHD models:

LHD models:

2. 30. Install the glove box stops.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:18 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-16
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

1. 34. Install the EVAP canister hose. 1. 36. Install the clutch slave cylinder (A) and clutch line
bracket mounting bolt (B) (M/T).

2. 35. Install the select cable (A) and shift cable (B) using
the plastic washers (C), washers (D) and new cotter
pins (E) (M/T).

2. 37. Install the battery base.


38. Install the intake air duct (A) and ground cable (B).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:18 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-17
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)

1. 39. Install the battery cable (A) on the under-hood 1. 41. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with
fuse/relay box, then install the harness clamps (B). sandpaper, then assemble them and apply grease to
prevent corrosion.
42. Move the shift lever to each gear and verify that the
A/T gear position indicator, follows the transmission
range switch (A/T).
43. Check that the transmission shifts into gear smoothly
(M/T).
44. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn ON (II) the ignition switch
(do not operate the starter) so that the fuel pump
runs for approximately 2 seconds and pressurises
the fuel line. Repeat this operation 2 or 3 times, then
check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line.
45. Refill the engine with engine oil (see page 8-3).
46. Refill the transmission with MTF, refer to the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 13-3) or
2. 40. Install the intake resonator. ATF, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see page 14-122).
47. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air
from the cooling system with the heater valve open,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 10-8).
48. Check the wheel alignment, refer to the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 18-4).
49. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the
customer's radio station presets.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-17.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:18 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-2
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal
NOTE: 1. 5. Remove the battery and battery base.
Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted 2. 6. Remove the battery cables (A) from the fuse box and
surfaces. remove the harness clamps (B).
To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors
carefully while holding the connector portion.
Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
Also, make sure that they do not contact other wiring
or hoses, or interfere with other parts.
1. 1. Secure the hood in the wide open position (support
rod in the lower hole).
2. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio,
then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset
buttons.
3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first, then
the positive terminal.
4. Remove the intake resonator.

3. 7. Remove the intake air duct (A) and ground cable (B).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:19 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-3
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

1. 8. Remove the clutch slave cylinder (A) and clutch line 1. 10. Relieve fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
bracket mounting bolt (B) (M/T). Manual on this CD (see page 11-130).
2. 11. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister
hose.

3. 12. Remove the brake booster vacuum hose.

2. 9. Remove the shift cable (A) and select cable (B)


(M/T).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:19 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-4
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

1. 13. Remove the throttle cable (A) and cruise control 1. 16. Remove the harness clamps (A) and grommet (B),
cable (B) by loosening the locknuts (C), then slipping then pull the engine wire harness through the
the cable ends out of the accelerator linkage. Take bulkhead.
care not to bend the cables when removing them.
Always replace any kinked cable with a new one.

2. 14. Remove the glove box stops, then open the glove
box.
15. Disconnect the Engine Control Module 2. 17. Remove the adjusting plate mounting bolt (A),
(ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connectors. locknut (B) and mounting bolt (C), then remove the
power steering (P/S) pump belt (D) and pump
without disconnecting the P/S hoses.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:19 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-5
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

1. 18. Remove the alternator, refer to the '01 Civic Shop 1. 21. Remove the radiator cap.
Manual on this CD (see page 4-31). 2. 22. Raise the hoist to full height.
2. 19. Remove the air conditioning (A/C) hose bracket (A) 23. Remove the front tyres/wheels.
and P/S hose bracket (B). 24. Remove the splash shield.

3. 25. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, drain the


engine coolant, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
3. 20. Remove the alternator lower bracket (A), then this CD (see page 10-8).
remove the A/C compressor (B) without 26. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug
disconnecting the A/C hoses. using a new washer with MTF, refer to the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 13-3) or ATF,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 14-122).
27. Drain the engine oil. Reinstall the drain bolt using a
new washer (see page 8-3).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:19 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-6
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

1. 28. Disconnect the Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor 1. 32. Lower the hoist.
(primary HO2S) connector (A) and Secondary Heated 2. 33. Remove the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose
Oxygen Sensor (secondary HO2S) connector (B), (B), lower radiator hose (C) and heater hose (D).
then remove the exhaust pipe A/Three Way Catalytic
Converter (TWC) (C) (Except D17A5 engine).

3. 34. Remove the heater hose.


2. 29. Remove the shift cable covers (A), then remove the
shift control cable (B) (A/T).

3. 30. Disconnect the suspension lower arm ball joints and


stabiliser links, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD (see page 18-32).
31. Remove the driveshafts, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 16-3). Coat all
precision finished surfaces with clean engine oil. Tie
plastic bags over the driveshaft ends.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:20 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-7
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

1. 35. Remove the ATF cooler hoses, then plug the ATF 1. 37. Remove the front mount mounting bolt.
cooler hoses and lines (A/T).

2. 36. Attach the chain hoist to the engine as shown.

2. 38. Remove the side engine mount bracket mounting


nuts.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:20 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-8
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

1. 39. Remove the transmission mount bracket mounting 1. 40. Make sure the hoist brackets are positioned properly.
bolt/nuts. Raise the hoist to full height.
M/T: 2. 41. Remove the rear mount mounting bolts.

3. 42. Use a marker to make alignment marks on the


reference lines (A) that align with the centres of the
A/T: rear sub-frame mounting bolts (B).

4. 43. Remove the front sub-frame.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:20 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Assembly

  5-9
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)

1. 44. Check that the engine/transmission is completely free


of vacuum hoses, fuel and coolant hoses and
electrical wiring.
45. Slowly lower the engine approximately 150 mm (6
in.). Check once again that all hoses and wires are
disconnected from the engine/transmission.
46. Lower the engine all the way. Remove the chain
hoist from the engine.
47. Remove the engine from under the vehicle.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/5-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:20 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Mechanical

   
Engine Mechanical

Cylinder Head
Special Tools 6-2
Component Location Index 6-3
VTEC Rocker Arm Test 6-7
Valve Clearance Adjustment 6-8
Cylinder Head Removal 6-11
Rocker Arms and Shafts Disassembly/Reassembly 6-16
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection 6-18
Camshaft Inspection 6-20
Valve Inspection 6-22
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 6-23
Camshaft/Rocker Arms, Camshaft Seal and Pulley Installation 6-23
Cylinder Head Installation 6-24

NOTE: Refer to the 'CIVIC 4/5 D MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION 01'the other part of this CD for the items not
shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:20 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-10
Cylinder Head
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)

1. 10. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counter-clockwise 1. 14. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counter-clockwise to bring
(camshaft pulley turns 90°). The ''UP'' mark (A) on No. 2 piston to TDC. The ''UP'' mark (A) should be
the camshaft pulley should be toward the exhaust on the intake side of the head.
side of the head.

2. 15. Check and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance


on No. 2 cylinder.
2. 11. Check and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance 16. Install the cylinder head cover, refer to the '01 Civic
on No. 3 cylinder. Shop Manual on this CD on this CD (see page 6-
12. Rotate the crankshaft 180° counter-clockwise to bring 55).
No. 4 piston to TDC. TDC marks (A) are visible
again.

3. 13. Check and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance


on No. 4 cylinder.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:21 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-11
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal

NOTE: 1. 5. Remove the intake resonator.


Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
surfaces.
To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors
carefully while holding the connector portion.
To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the
engine coolant temperature drops below 100°F
(38°C) before loosening the cylinder head bolts.
Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
Also, make sure that they do not contact other wiring
or hoses, or interfere with other parts.
1. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio,
then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset
buttons.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal.
3. Drain the engine coolant, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 10-8). 2. 6. Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor
4. Remove the throttle cable (A) and cruise control connector (A) and remove the breather hose, then
cable (B) by loosening the locknuts (C), then slipping remove the air cleaner housing (B).
the cable ends out of the accelerator linkage. Take
care not to bend the cables when removing them.
Always replace any kinked cable with a new one.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:21 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-12
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)

1. 7. Remove the brake booster vacuum hose (A) and 1. 10. Remove the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose
positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (B). (B), lower radiator hose (C), heater hose (D) and
water bypass hose (E).

2. 8. Relieve fuel pressure, refer to the '01 Civic Shop


Manual on this CD (see page 11-130). 2. 11. Remove the two bolts securing the connecting pipe,
9. Remove the EVAP canister hose. then remove the connecting pipe from the water
passage.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:21 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-13
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)

1. 12. Remove the adjusting plate mounting bolt (A), 1. 15. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and
locknut (B) and mounting bolt (C), then remove the wire harness clamps from the intake manifold.
power steering (P/S) pump belt (D) and pump without Idle Air Control (IAC) valve connector
disconnecting the P/S hoses. Throttle position sensor connector
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
connector
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge
valve connector
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor
connector
Radiator fan switch connector
CKP sensor connector
TDC sensor connector
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector
(D17A9 engine)
VTEC solenoid valve connector (Except D17A8
engine)
VTEC oil pressure switch connector (Except
2. 13. Remove the alternator refer to the '01 Civic Shop D17A8 engine)
Manual on this CD (see page 4-31). Oil pressure sensor connector
14. Remove the air conditioning (A/C) hose bracket (A) 2. 16. Support the engine with a jack and wood block
and P/S hose bracket (B). under the oil pan.
17. Remove the upper bracket.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:22 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-14
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)

1. 18. Remove the cover (A), then remove the exhaust 1. 20. Remove the four ignition coils refer to the '01 Civic
manifold (B). Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-24).
2. 21. Remove the throttle cable clamps (A) and harness
holder (B) from the cylinder head cover.

2. 19. Remove the intake manifold.

3. 22. Remove the cylinder head cover.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-14.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:22 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-15
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)

1. 23. Remove the timing belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 6-18).
2. 24. Remove the camshaft pulley (A) and back cover (B).

3. 25. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent


warpage, unscrew the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a
time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are
loosened.
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS LOOSENING
SEQUENCE:

4. 26. Remove the cylinder head.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-15.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:22 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-16
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arms and Shafts
Disassembly/Reassembly

NOTE:
Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original location.
Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-38).
The rocker arms must be installed in the same positions if reused.
When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep
the holders, springs and rocker arms on the shaft.
Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them and apply lubricant to any contact points.
Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set.
D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 engines:
1. RUBBER BAND
2. INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT
3. COLLAR B
4. INTAKE ROCKER ARM
ASSEMBLY
5. COLLAR A
6. No. 1 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
7. EXHAUST ROCKER ARM A
8. Letter "A" is stamped on the rocker
arm
9. EXHAUST ROCKER SHAFT
10. Letter "B" is stamped on the rocker
arm
11. SPRING
12. EXHAUST ROCKER ARM B
13. No. 5 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
14. No. 4 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
15. No. 3 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
16. No. 2 CAMSHAFT HOLDER

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-16.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:22 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-17
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arms and Shafts
Disassembly/Reassembly (cont'd)

NOTE:
Identify parts as they are removed to ensure reinstallation in original location.
Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-38).
The rocker arms must be installed in the same positions if reused.
When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep
the holders, springs and rocker arms on the shaft.
Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them and apply lubricant to any contact points.
D17A8 engine:
1. COLLAR
2. Letter "B" is stamped on the
rocker arm
3. INTAKE ROCKER ARM B
4. INTAKE ROCKER SHAFT
5. INTAKE ROCKER ARM A
6. Letter "A" is stamped on the
rocker arm
7. SPRING
8. No. 1 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
9. EXHAUST ROCKER ARM A
10. Letter "A" is stamped on the
rocker arm
11. EXHAUST ROCKER SHAFT
12. Letter "B" is stamped on the
rocker arm
13. SPRING
14. EXHAUST ROCKER ARM B
15. No. 5 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
16. No. 4 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
17. No. 3 CAMSHAFT HOLDER
18. No. 2 CAMSHAFT HOLDER

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-17.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:22 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-18
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection

1. 1. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker 1. 3. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm and
location. check it for an out-of-round condition.
Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance:
Standard (New):
Intake:0.017 - 0.050 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0020 in.)
Exhaust:0.018 - 0.054 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0021 in.)
Service Limit:0.08 mm (0.003 in.)

2. 2. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter.

2. 1. Inspect rocker arm face for wear

3. 4. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the


clearance is over the limit, replace the rocker shaft
and all overtolerance rocker arms. If any VTEC
intake rocker arm needs replacement, replace rocker
arms (primary and secondary as a set, or primary,
mid and secondary as a set).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-18.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:23 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-19
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arms and Shafts Inspection (cont'd)

1. 5. Inspect the synchronising piston (s) (A) and timing 1. 6. Assemble each timing plate (A) and return spring (B)
piston (B). Push it manually. If it does not move on its camshaft holder as shown (D16W8 engine).
smoothly, replace the rocker arm assembly.
NOTE:
When reassembling the primary rocker arm (C),
carefully apply air pressure to its oil passage.
Apply oil to the pistons when reassembling.
D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 engines:

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-19.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:23 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-2
Cylinder Head
Special Tools

Ref. No Tool Number Description Qty


1 07HAH-PJ70100 Valve Guide Reamer, 5.525 mm 1
2 07JAA-0010200 Socket Wrench, 19 mm 1
3 07JAB-0010200 Handle 1
4 07JAB-0010400 Pulley Holder Attachment, HEX 50 mm 1
5 07LAJ-PR30101 Valve Inspection Set 1
6 07LAJ-PR30201 Air Stopper 1
7 07MAB-PY30100 Pulley Holder Attachment, HEX 50 mm 1
8 07NAJ-P070100 Oil Pressure Gauge Attachment 1
9 07PAD-0010000 Stem Seal Driver 1
10 07ZAJ-S5A0200 Hose, Oil Pressure 1
11 07406-0070001 Low Pressure Gauge 1
12 07742-0010100 Valve Guide Driver, 5.5 mm 1
13 07757-0010000 Valve Spring Compressor 1

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:23 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-20
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection

NOTE: 1. 4. Unscrew the camshaft holder bolts 2 turns at a time,


Do not rotate the camshaft during inspection. in a criss-cross pattern. Then remove the camshaft
Remove the rocker arms and rocker shafts. holders from the cylinder head.
1. 1. Put the camshaft and the camshaft holders on the 2. 5. Lift the camshaft out of the cylinder head, wipe it
cylinder head, then tighten the bolts to the specified clean, then inspect the lift ramps. Replace the
torque. camshaft if any lobes are pitted, scored, or
Specified torque: excessively worn.
8 mm bolts:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft) 6. Clean the camshaft journal surfaces in the cylinder
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. head, then set the camshaft back in place. Place a
plastigauge strip across each journal.
6 mm bolts:12 Nm (1.2 kgf/m, 8.7 lbf/ft)
7. Install the camshaft holders, then tighten the bolts to
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. the specified torque as shown in step 1.
6 mm bolts:(11), (12), (13), (14) 8. Remove the camshaft holders. Measure the widest
portion of plastigauge on each journal.
If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within
limits, go to step 10.
If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the
service limit and the camshaft has been replaced,
replace the cylinder head.
If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the
service limit and the camshaft has not been
replaced, go to step 9.
Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance:
Standard (New):0.050 - 0.089 mm
2. 2. Seat the camshaft by pushing it away from the (0.0020 - 0.0035 in.)
camshaft pulley end of the cylinder head. Service Limit:0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
3. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the
camshaft, then push the camshaft back and forth and
read the end play.
Camshaft End Play:
Standard (New):0.05 - 0.15 mm
(0.002 - 0.006 in.)
Service Limit:0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-20.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:23 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-21
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection (cont'd)

1. 9. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported 1. 10. Measure cam lobe height.
on V-blocks. Cam Lobe Height Standard (New):
If the total runout of the camshaft is within the   INTAKE EXHAUST
service limit, replace the cylinder head.
D17A2, PRI 38.604 mm 38.784 mm
If the total runout is beyond the service limit,
D17A5, (1.5198 in.) (1.5269 in.)
replace the camshaft and recheck the camshaft-
D17A9,
to-holder oil clearance. If the oil clearance is still
engines
out of tolerance, replace the cylinder head.
Camshaft Total Runout:   SEC 32.848 mm  
(1.2932 in.)
Standard (New):0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max.
Service Limit:0.04 mm (0.002 in.) D17A8 engine 35.299 mm 37.281 mm
(1.3897 in.) (1.4678 in.)

PRI: PrimarySEC: Secondary


IN: IntakeEX: ExhaustT/B: Timing Belt

2. 1. Rotate camshaft while measuring

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-21.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:24 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-22
Cylinder Head
Valve Inspection

Measure the valve in these areas. D17A5 engine:


D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines: Intake Valve Dimensions
Intake Valve Dimensions A Standard (New):29.90 - 30.10 mm
A Standard (New):29.85 - 30.15 mm (1.177 - 1.185 in.)
(1.175 - 1.187 in.) B Standard (New):118.27 - 118.87 mm
B Standard (New):118.27 - 118.87 mm (4.656 - 4.680 in.)
(4.656 - 4.680 in.) C Standard (New):5.480 - 5.490 mm
C Standard (New):5.480 - 5.490 mm (0.2157 - 0.2161 in.)
(0.2157 - 0.2161 in.) C Service Limit:5.45 mm (0.215 in.)
C Service Limit:5.45 mm (0.215 in.) Exhaust Valve Dimensions
Exhaust Valve Dimensions A Standard (New):25.90 - 26.10 mm
A Standard (New):25.85 - 26.15 mm (1.020 - 1.028 in.)
(1.018 - 1.030 in.) B Standard (New):115.65 - 116.25 mm
B Standard (New):115.65 - 116.25 mm (4.553 - 4.577 in.)
(4.553 - 4.577 in.) C Standard (New):5.450 - 5.460 mm
C Standard (New):5.450 - 5.460 mm (0.2146 - 0.2150 in.)
(0.2146 - 0.2150 in.) C Service Limit:5.42 mm (0.213 in.)
C Service Limit:5.42 mm (0.213 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-22.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:24 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

6-23 Camshaft/Rocker Arms, Camshaft Seal and


Cylinder Head Pulley Installation
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection

1. 1. Slide the valve out of its guide about 10mm, then NOTE: To prevent the rocker arm assembly from coming apart,
measure the guide-to-stem clearance with a dial leave the camshaft holder bolts in the holes.
indicator while rocking the stem in the direction of 1. 1. After wiping down the camshaft and the journals in
normal thrust (wobble method). the cylinder head, lubricate both surfaces and install
If the measurement exceeds the service limit, the camshaft.
recheck it using a new valve. 2. Clean and install the oil control orifice (A) with a new
If the measurement is now within the service limit, O-ring (B) (D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 engines).
reassemble using a new valve.
If the measurement with a new valve still exceeds
the service limit, go to step 2.
Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
Standard (New):0.04 - 0.10 mm
(0.002 - 0.004 in.)
Service Limit:0.16 mm (0.006 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
Standard (New):0.10 - 0.16 mm
(0.004 - 0.006 in.)
Service Limit:0.22 mm (0.009 in.)

2. 3. Clean and install the oil control orifice (C) (D17A8


engine).
4. Turn the camshaft until its keyway (D) is facing up
(No. 1 piston TDC).
5. Loosen all the valve adjusting screws.
6. Apply liquid gasket to the head mating surface
(shaded areas) of the No. 1 and No. 5 camshaft
holders.
2. 2. Subtract the O.D. of the valve stem, measured with a
micrometer, from the I.D. of the valve guide,
measured with an inside micrometer or ball gauge.
Take the measurements in 3 places along the valve
stem and three places inside the valve guide.
The difference between the largest guide
measurement and the smallest stem measurement
should not exceed the service limit.
Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
Standard (New):0.02 - 0.05 mm
(0.0008 - 0.0020 in.)
Service Limit:0.08 mm (0.003 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance:
Standard (New):0.05 - 0.08 mm
(0.0020 - 0.0031 in.)
Service Limit:0.11 mm (0.004 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-23.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:24 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

6-24 Cylinder Head Installation


Cylinder Head
Camshaft/Rocker Arms, Camshaft Seal and Pulley
Installation (cont'd)

1. 7. Set the rocker arm assembly in place and loosely Install the cylinder head in the reverse order of removal:
install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are 1. 1. Clean the cylinder head and block surface.
properly positioned on the valve stems. 2. Install the cylinder head gasket (A) and dowel pins
2. 8. Tighten each bolt 2 turns at a time, in the sequence (B) on the cylinder block. Always use a new cylinder
shown below to ensure that the rockers do not bind head gasket.
on the valves.
Specified torque:
8 mm bolts:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft)
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads.
6 mm bolts:12 Nm (1.2 kgf/m, 8.7 lbf/ft)
Apply engine oil to the bolt threads.
6 mm bolts:(11), (12), (13), (14)

2. 3. Set the crankshaft to TDC. Align the TDC mark (A)


on the timing belt drive pulley with the pointer (B) on
the oil pump.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-24.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:24 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-25
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)

1. 4. Clean the camshaft pulley and set it to TDC. 1. 6. Apply engine oil to the bolt threads and under the
1. The ''UP'' mark (A) on the camshaft pulley should bolt heads of all the cylinder head bolts.
be at the top. 2. 7. Tighten the cylinder head bolts sequentially in 3
2. Align the TDC marks (B) on the camshaft pulley steps.
with the top edge of the head. 1st step torque:20 Nm (2.0 kgf/m, 14 lbf/ft)
2nd step torque:49 Nm (5.0 kgf/m, 36 lbf/ft)
3rd step torque:67 Nm (6.8 kgf/m, 49 lbf/ft)
Use a beam-type torque wrench. When using a preset-type
torque wrench, be sure to tighten slowly and do not
overtighten. If a bolt makes any noise while you are torquing
it, loosen the bolt and retighten it from the 1st step.
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS TORQUE SEQUENCE:

2. 5. Install the cylinder head on the block.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-25.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:24 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-26
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)

1. 8. Install the timing belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop 1. 13. Install the new exhaust manifold gasket (A) and
Manual on this CD (see page 6-22). exhaust manifold (B). Loosely install the new nuts,
9. Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-8). then install the cover (C) and loosely install the new
10. Install the cylinder head cover, refer to the '01 Civic bolts.
Shop Manual on this CD (see page 6-55).
11. Install the intake manifold (A) and tighten the
bolts/nuts in a criss-cross pattern in 2 or 3 steps,
beginning with the inner nut. Always use a new
intake manifold gasket (B).

2. 14. Tighten the bolts/nuts in a criss-cross pattern in 2 or


3 steps.
15. Install the exhaust pipe with a new gasket (D).

2. 12. Tighten the three nuts securing the intake manifold


and brackets.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-26.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:25 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-27
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)

1. 16. Install the A/C hose bracket (A) and P/S hose 1. 22. Install the ground cable (A), upper radiator hose (B),
bracket (B). lower radiator hose (C), heater hose (D) and water
bypass hose (E).

2. 17. Loosely install the alternator. 2. 23. Install the EVAP canister hose.
18. Adjust the alternator belt tension, refer to the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-38) or
the alternator-compressor belt tension, refer to the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page 4-37).
19. Loosely install the P/S pump belt and pump.
20. Adjust the P/S pump belt, refer to the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD (see page 17-23).
21. Install the connecting pipe (A) with a new O-ring (B).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-27.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:25 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-28
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)

1. 24. Install the brake booster vacuum hose (A) and PCV 1. 26. Install the intake resonator.
hose (B).

2. 25. Install the air cleaner housing (A), then connect the
IAT sensor connector (B) and breather hose.
2. 27. Install the cruise control cable, then adjust the cable,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 4-48).
28. Install the throttle cable, then adjust the cable, refer
to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see page
11-149).
29. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and
connectors are installed correctly.
30. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with
sandpaper, then assemble them and apply grease to
prevent corrosion.
31. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn ON (II) the ignition switch
(do not operate the starter) so that the fuel pump
runs for approximately 2 seconds and pressurises
the fuel line. Repeat this operation 2 or 3 times, then
check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line.
32. Refill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed air
from the cooling system with the heater valve open,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD (see
page 10-8).
33. Enter the anti-theft code for the radio, then enter the
customer's radio station presets.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-28.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:25 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-3
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index
1. CYLINDER HEAD COVER
2. HEAD COVER GASKET
3. UPPER COVER
4. RUBBER SEAL
5. LOWER COVER
6. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Replacement, page 6-16 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
7. TDC SENSOR
8. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
9. CRANKSHAFT PULLEY BOLT
Replacement, 6-16 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
10. TIMING BELT
Removal, page 6-18 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Inspection, page 6-18 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-22 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
11. AUTO-TENSIONER
12. TIMING BELT DRIVE PULLEY
13. Install with concave surface facing in
14. CKP SENSOR
15. SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:25 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-4
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. WATER PASSAGE
2. CYLINDER HEAD BOLT
3. DOWEL PIN
4. O-RING
5. CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
6. GASKET

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:25 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-5
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont'd)

D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 engines:


1. CYLINDER HEAD PLUG
2. O-RING
3. ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
Overhaul, page 6-16
Inspection, 6-18
4. DOWEL PIN
5. CAMSHAFT
Inspection, page 6-20
6. INTAKE VALVE SPRING
7. SEAL
8. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
9. INTAKE VALVE SEAL
Replacement, page 6-42 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
10. VALVE GUIDE
Replacement, page 6-44 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
11. BACK COVER
12. RUBBER SEAL
13. EXHAUST VALVE
Inspection, page 6-22
Removal, page 6-42 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-48 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
14. INTAKE VALVE
Inspection, page 6-22
Removal, page 6-42 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-48 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
15. CYLINDER HEAD
Removal, page 6-11
Inspection, page 6-34 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-50 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
16. VALVE GUIDE
17. VALVE SPRING SEAT
18. EXHAUST VALVE SEAL
19. EXHAUST VALVE SPRING
20. SPRING RETAINER
21. VALVE KEEPERS
22. VTEC SOLENOID VALVE FILTER
23. VTEC SOLENOID VALVE
24. OIL CONTROL ORIFICE
25. O-RING

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:26 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-6
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont'd)

D17A8 engine:
1. ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
Overhaul, page 6-17
Inspection, page 6-18
2. DOWEL PIN
3. CAMSHAFT
Inspection, page 6-20
4. VALVE SPRING
5. SEAL
6. CAMSHAFT PULLEY
7. INTAKE VALVE SEAL
Replacement, page 6-42 in the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD
8. VALVE GUIDE
Replacement, page 6-44 in the
'01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD
9. BACK COVER
10. RUBBER SEAL
11. EXHAUST VALVE
Inspection, page 6-22
Removal, page 6-42 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-48 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
12. INTAKE VALVE
Inspection, page 6-22
Removal, page 6-42 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-48 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
13. CYLINDER HEAD
Removal, page 6-11
Inspection, page 6-34 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 6-50 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
14. VALVE GUIDE
15. VALVE SPRING SEAT
16. EXHAUST VALVE SEAL
17. VALVE SPRING
18. SPRING RETAINER
19. VALVE KEEPERS
20. OIL CONTROL ORIFICE
21. CYLINDER HEAD PLUG
22. O-RING

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:26 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-7
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test

Special Tools Required 1. 8. Check that the air pressure on the shop air
Air Stopper, 07LAJ-PR30201 compressor gauge indicates over 400 kPa (4
Valve Inspection Set, 07LAJ-PR30101 kgf/cm2, 57 psi).
1. 1. Remove the resonator (see step 5 on page 6-11). 2. 9. Inspect the valve clearance (see page 6-8}.
2. Remove the ignition coil cover, then remove the four 10. Cover the timing belt with a shop towel to protect the
ignition coils, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on belt.
this CD (see page 4-24). 11. Plug the relief hole with the air stopper.
3. Remove the throttle cable clamps and harness
holder from the cylinder head cover (see step 21 on
page 6-14).
4. Remove the cylinder head cover (see step 22 on
page 6-14).
5. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC (see step 5 on page 6-
8).
6. Verify that the intake secondary rocker arm (A)
moves independently of the intake primary rocker
arm (B).
If the intake secondary rocker arm does not move,
remove the primary and secondary rocker arms as 3. 12. Remove the sealing bolt (A) from the inspection hole
an assembly and check that the pistons in the (B) and connect the valve inspection set.
secondary and primary rocker arms move smoothly.
If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the
primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly
and retest.
If the intake secondary rocker arm moves freely, go
to step 7.

2. 7. Repeat step 6 on the remaining intake secondary


rocker arms with each piston at TDC. When all the
secondary rocker arms pass the test, go to step 8.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:26 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

Valve
6-8 Clearance Adjustment
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test (cont'd)

1. 13. Loosen the valve on the regulator and apply the NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head
specified air pressure: temperature is less than 100°F (38°C).
Specified Air Pressure: 1. 1. Remove the ignition coil cover, then remove the four
ignition coils, refer top the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 36 psi)
this CD (see page 4-25).
NOTE: If the synchronising piston does not move after 2. Remove the throttle cable clamps and harness
applying air pressure, move the primary or secondary rocker holder from the cylinder head cover (see step 21 on
arm up and down manually by rotating the crankshaft page 6-14).
counter-clockwise. 3. Remove the cylinder head cover (see step 22 on
2. 14. Move the intake secondary rocker arm (A) for the page 6-14).
No. 1 cylinder. The primary rocker arm (B) and 4. Remove the grommet from the upper cover and
secondary rocker arm should move together. disconnect the TDC sensor connector. Remove the
If the intake primary rocker arm does not move, upper cover, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
remove the primary and secondary rocker arms as this CD (see step 1 on page 6-57).
an assembly and check that the piston in the 5. Set the No. 1 piston at TDC. The ''UP'' mark (A) on
secondary and primary rocker arms move smoothly. the camshaft pulley should be at the top and the
If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the TDC marks (B) on the pulley should line up with the
primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly top edge of the head.
and retest.

3. 15. Remove the special tools.


16. After inspection, check that the MIL does not come
on.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:26 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Cylinder Head

  6-9
Cylinder Head
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)

1. 6. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the 1. 8. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the
valves you are going to check. locknut (A) and turn the adjusting screw (B) until the
Intake:0.18 - 0.22 mm (0.007 - 0.009 in.) drag on the feeler gauge is correct.
D17A2, D17A5, D17A9 engines:
Exhaust:0.23 - 0.27 mm (0.009 - 0.011 in.)
Adjusting screw location:
INTAKE

D17A8 engine:
EXHAUST
2. 7. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting
screw (B) and the end of the valve stem and slide it
back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of
drag.

2. 9. Tighten the locknut and recheck the clearance.


Repeat the adjustment if necessary.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/6-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:27 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Mechanical

   
Engine Mechanical

Engine Block
Special Tools 7-2
Component Location Index 7-3
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement 7-5
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement 7-7
Piston Ring Replacement 7-9
Crankshaft Installation 7-11

NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:27 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-10
Engine Block
Piston Ring Replacement (cont'd)

1. 5. Install the top ring (A) and second ring (B) as shown. 1. 6. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they
The manufacturing marks (C) must be facing upward. do not bind.
2. 7. Position the ring end gaps as shown:

3. 8. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-


to-groove clearances:
Top Ring Clearance
D17A5 engine:
Standard (New):0.035 - 0.055 mm
(0.0014 - 0.0022 in.)
Service Limit:0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines:
Standard (New):0.035 - 0.060 mm
(0.0014 - 0.0024 in.)
Service Limit:0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Second Ring Clearance
Standard (New):0.030 - 0.055 mm
(0.0012 - 0.0022 in.)
Service Limit:0.13 mm (0.005 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-10.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:27 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-11
Engine Block
Crankshaft Installation

Special Tools Required 1. 10. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigauge
Handle Driver, 07749-0010000 (see page 7-5).
Driver Attachment, 96 mm, 07948-SB00101 11. Install the bearing cap bridge. Coat the bolt threads
1. 1. Apply engine oil to the main bearings and rod with engine oil.
bearings. 12. Torque the cylinder head bolts sequentially in 2
2. Install the bearing halves in the cylinder block and steps.
connecting rods. 1st step torque:25 Nm (2.5 kgf/m, 18 lbf/ft)
3. Hold the crankshaft so rod journal No. 2 and rod 2nd step torque:51 Nm (5.2 kgf/m, 38 lbf/ft)
journal No. 3 are straight up and lower the crankshaft NOTE: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing
into the block. is replaced, it is necessary after reassembly to run the
4. Install the thrust washers (A) on both edges of the engine at idling speed until it reaches normal operating
No. 4 main bearing recess. temperature, then continue to run it for approximately 15
minutes.
BEARING CAP BOLTS TIGHTENING SEQUENCE:

2. 5. Apply engine oil to the threads of the connecting rod


bolts.
6. Seat the rod journals into connecting rod No. 1 and
connecting rod No. 4. Install the caps and nuts finger
tight. Install the cap so the bearing recess is on the
same side as the recess in the rod.
7. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and seat the journals
into connecting rod No. 2 and connecting rod No. 3.
Install the connecting rod cap and bolts finger tight.
8. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with
plastigauge (see page 7-7).
9. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m,
24 lbf/ft).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-11.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:27 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-12
Engine Block
Crankshaft Installation (cont'd)

1. 13. The seal mating surface on the engine block end 1. 16. Clean and dry the engine block end cover mating
cover should be dry. Apply a light coat of grease to surfaces.
the crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 2. 17. Apply liquid gasket, part No. 08718-0001 or 08718-
2. 14. Drive the crankshaft oil seal squarely into the engine 0003, evenly to the block mating surface of the
block end cover. engine block end cover and to the inner threads of
the bolt holes. Install the dowel pins (A), and the
engine block end cover (B) on the cylinder block.
NOTE: Do not install the parts if 5 minutes or more have
elapsed since applying the liquid gasket. Instead, reapply
liquid gasket after removing the old residue.

3. 15. Confirm that the clearance is equal all the way


around with a feeler gauge.
Clearance: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.02 - 0.03 in.)

3. 18. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling


the engine with oil.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-12.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:27 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-13
Engine Block
Crankshaft Installation (cont'd)

1. 19. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces.


20. Install the oil pump (A).
1. Install a new crankshaft oil seal in the oil pump,
refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
(see step 12 on page 8-11).
2. Apply liquid gasket, part No. 08718-0001 or
08718-0003, evenly to the block mating surface of
the oil pump and to the inner threads of the bolt
holes.
3. Grease the lip of the oil seal and apply oil to the
new O-ring (B).
4. Install the dowel pins (C), then align the inner
rotor with the crankshaft and install the oil pump.
5. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft and
check the seal for distortion.

2. 21. Install the oil screen (D) with a new gasket (E).
22. Install the oil pan, refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD (see page 7-24).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-13.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:28 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-2
Engine Block
Special Tools

Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty


1 07LBA-PV00100 Ring Gear Holder 1
2 07PAF-0010000 Piston Pin Assembly Tool Set 1
3 07PAF-0010650 Pilot Collar, O.D. 19 mm 1
4 07749-0010000 Handle Driver 1
5 07948-SB00101 Driver Attachment, 96 mm 1

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:28 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-3
Engine Block
Component Location Index
1. DRAIN BOLT
2. WASHER
3. OIL PAN
Installation for Aluminium Type, page 7-24 in the '01
Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. FLYWHEEL (M/T)
5. CRANKSHAFT
End play, page 7-6 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Runout, page 7-13 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Out-of-Round, page 7-13 in the '01 Civic Shop
Manual on this CD
Removal, page 7-11 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Installation, page 7-11
6. CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL, TRANSMISSION END
Installation, page 7-11
7. ENGINE BLOCK END COVER
8. DOWEL PIN
9. THRUST WASHERS
10. DOWEL PIN
11. O-RING
12. OIL PUMP
Overhaul, page 8-9 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
13. CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL, PULLEY END
Installation, page 8-9 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
14. KNOCK SENSOR
Replacement, page 7-26 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
15. MAIN BEARINGS
Oil clearance, page 7-5
Selection, page 7-6
16. GASKET
17. OIL SCREEN
18. MAIN BEARING CAP BRIDGE
19. OIL PAN
Installation for Steel Type, page 7-25 in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:28 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-4
Engine Block
Component Location Index (cont'd)
1. PISTON RINGS
Replacement, page 7-9
2. PISTON
Removal, page 7-11 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Measurement, page 7-14 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
3. PISTON PIN
Removal, page 7-17 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Inspection, page 7-17 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Installation, page 7-17 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
4. ENGINE BLOCK
Cylinder bore inspection, page 7-14 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
Warpage inspection, page 7-14 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Cylinder bore honing, page 7-16 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Ridge removal, page 7-11 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
5. CONNECTING ROD BEARING CAP
6. CONNECTING ROD BEARINGS
Oil Clearance, page 7-7
Selection, page 7-8
7. CONNECTING ROD
End play, page 7-6 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this CD
Small end measurement, page 7-17 in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:28 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-5
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement

Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. 6. If the plastigauge measures too wide or too narrow,
1. 1. To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, (remove the engine if it is still in the car), remove the
remove the main caps and bearing halves. crankshaft and remove the upper half of the bearing.
2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a Install a new, complete bearing with the same colour
clean shop towel. code and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or
3. Place one strip of plastigauge across each main scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
journal. 2. 7. If the plastigauge shows the clearance is still
NOTE: If the engine is still in the car when you bolt incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the
the main cap down to check the clearance, the colour listed above or below that one) and check
weight of the crankshaft and drive plate will flatten again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by
the plastigauge further than just the torque on the using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings,
cap bolt and give you an incorrect reading. For an replace the crankshaft and start over.
accurate reading, support the crank with a jack under
the counterweights, and check only one bearing at a
time.
4. Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the bolts
to 51 Nm (5.2 kgf/m, 38 lbf/ft). Do not rotate the
crankshaft.
5. Remove the cap and bearing half, and measure the
widest part of the plastigauge.
Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance:
Standard (New):
No. 1, 5:0.018 - 0.036 mm
(0.0007 - 0.0014 in.)
No. 2, 3, 4:0.024 - 0.042 mm
(0.0009 - 0.0017 in.)
Service Limit:0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-5.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:29 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-6
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont'd)

Main Bearing Selection


Crankshaft Bore Code Location
Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a code
for the size of each of the five main journal bores.
Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft (codes
for main journal size), to choose the correct bearings. If the
codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt
and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper.
Clean them only with solvent or detergent.

1. 1. No. 1 BORE (PULLEY END)


2. No. 4 BORE (DRIVE PLATE END)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-6.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:29 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-7
Engine Block
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement

Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. 6. If the plastigauge measures too wide or too narrow,
1. 1. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half. remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new,
2. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with complete bearing with the same colour code and
a clean shop towel. recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape
3. Place a strip of plastigauge across the rod journal. the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
4. Reinstall the bearing half and cap and torque the 2. 7. If the plastigauge shows the clearance is still
bolts to 32 Nm (3.3 kgf/m, 24 lbf/ft). Do not rotate the incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the
crankshaft. colour listed above or below that one) and check
5. Remove the rod cap and bearing half and measure clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be
the widest part of the plastigauge. obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over.
Clearance:
Standard (New):0.024 - 0.042 mm
(0.0009 - 0.0017 in.)
Service Limit:0.05 mm (0.002 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-7.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:29 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-8
Engine Block
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont'd)

Rod Bearing Selection


Each rod falls into one of four tolerance ranges (from 0 to
0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) increments)
depending on the size of its big end bore.
It is then stamped with a number (1, 2, 3, or 4), indicating the
range.
You may find any combination of 1, 2, 3, or 4 in any engine.
Normal Bore Size: 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
Inspect the connecting rod for cracks and heat damage.
Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations
Numbers have been stamped on the side of each connecting
rod as a code for the size of the big end. Use them, and the
letters stamped on the crank (codes for rod journal size), to
choose the correct bearings. If the codes are indecipherable
because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them
with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or
detergent.

1. 1. Half of number is stamped on bearing cap and the other half


is stamped on rod.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-8.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:29 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Block

  7-9
Engine Block
Piston Ring Replacement

1. 1. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston 1. 3. Using a piston, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder
rings (B). bore 15 - 20 mm (0.6 - 0.8 in.) from the bottom.

2. 4. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler


2. 2. Clean all ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off gauge:
broken ring or ring groove cleaner with a blade to fit If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the
the piston grooves. proper rings for your engine.
The top ring groove is 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) wide. The second If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore
ring groove is 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide. The oil ring groove is diameter against the wear limits, refer to the '01 Civic
2.8 mm (0.11 in.) wide (D17A5 engine) 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) Shop Manual on this CD (see page 7-14).
wide (D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines). If the bore is over the service limit, the cylinder block
File down a blade if necessary. must be rebored.
Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut Piston Ring End-Gap:
the ring grooves deeper with cleaning tools. Top Ring
NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting Standard (New):0.15 - 0.30 mm
rod, do not install new rings yet.
(0.006 - 0.012 in.)
Service Limit:0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Second Ring
Standard (New):0.30 - 0.45 mm
(0.012 - 0.018 in.)
Service Limit:0.60 mm (0.024 in.)
Oil Ring
D17A5 engine:
Standard (New):0.20 - 0.80 mm
(0.008 - 0.031 in.)
Service Limit:0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines:
Standard (New):0.20 - 0.70 mm
(0.008 - 0.028 in.)
Service Limit:0.80 mm (0.031 in.)

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/7-9.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:29 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Mechanical

   
Engine Mechanical

Engine Lubrication
Component Location Index 8-2
Engine Oil Replacement 8-3

NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/8-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:30 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Lubrication

  8-2
Engine Lubrication
Component Location Index
1. DOWEL PIN
2. O-RING
3. OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Circuit Diagram, page 22-88, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
Switch Test, page 8-4, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
Oil Pressure Test, page 8-4, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual
on this CD
Replacement, page 8-12, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
4. OIL FILTER
Replacement, page 8-6, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
5. OIL/AIR SEPARATOR
Installation, page 8-12, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on
this CD
6. BREATHING PORT COVER
7. WASHER
8. DRAIN BOLT
Engine Oil Replacement, page 8-3
9. OIL PAN
Installation, for Aluminium Type page 7-24, in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
10. OIL PAN
Installation, for Steel Type, page 7-25, in the '01 Civic
Shop Manual on this CD
11. BAFFLE PLATE
12. OIL SCREEN
13. GASKET
14. OIL PUMP
Overhaul, page 8-9, in the '01 Civic Shop Manual on this
CD

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/8-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:30 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Lubrication

  8-3
Engine Lubrication
Engine Oil Replacement

NOTE: Under normal conditions, the oil filter should be 1. 4. Refill with the recommended oil (see page 3-2).
replaced at every other oil change. Under severe conditions, Capacity
the oil filter should be replaced at each oil change. Except D17A8 engine:
Change interval 3.3 l (3.5 US qt, 2.9 Imp qt) at oil change.
Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months 3.5 l (3.7 US qt, 3.1 Imp qt) at oil change
(Normal conditions) including filter.
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months 4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) after engine
(Severe conditions) overhaul.
1. 1. Warm up the engine. D17A8 engine:
2. Remove the drain bolt (A) and drain the engine oil. 3.0 l (3.2 US qt, 2.6 Imp qt) at oil change.
Except D17A8 engine: 3.2 l (3.4 US qt, 2.8 Imp qt) at oil change
including filter.
4.2 l (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt) after engine
overhaul.
2. 5. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes then check
for oil leakage.

D17A8 engine:

2. 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B).

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/8-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:30 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Engine Mechanical

   
Engine Mechanical

Intake Manifold and Exhaust System


Exhaust Manifold Removal and Installation 9-2
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement 9-3

NOTE: Refer to the '01 Civic Shop Manual, P/N 62S5A00 on this CD for items not shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change
D17A8, D17A9 engines have been added.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/9-1.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:30 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

  9-2
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Exhaust Manifold Removal and Installation

NOTE: Use a new gasket when reassembling.


1. COVER
2. GASKET, Replace.
3. EXHAUST MANIFOLD
4. 8 x 1.25 mm, 31 Nm (3.2 kgf/m,
23 lbf/ft), Replace.
5. 8 x 1.25 mm, 31 Nm (3.2 kgf/m,
23 lbf/ft), Replace

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/9-2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:30 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

  9-3
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement

NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling.


D17A2, D17A8, D17A9 engines:
1. GASKET, Replace.
2. MUFFLER
3. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16
lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps, alternating
side-to-side.
4. HEAT SHIELD
5. 6 x 1.0 mm, 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf/m, 7.2
lbf/ft)
6. EXHAUST PIPE B
7. GASKET, Replace.
8. EXHAUST PIPE A/THREE WAY
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
ASSEMBLY
9. PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (PRIMARY HO2S)
44 Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft)
10. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2 kgf/m, 16
lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps, alternating
side-to-side
11. GASKET, Replace.
12. SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S)
44 Nm (4.5 kgf/m, 33 lbf/ft)
13. SELF-LOCKING NUT
10 x 1.25 mm, 33 Nm (3.4 kgf/m, 25
lbf/ft), Replace.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/9-3.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:31 PM]


Engine Mechanical - Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

  9-4
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement (cont'd)

NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling.


D17A5 engine:
1. GASKET, Replace.
2. MUFFLER
3. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2
kgf/m, 16 lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps,
alternating side-to-side.
4. HEAT SHIELD
5. EXHAUST PIPE B
6. GASKET, Replace.
7. EXHAUST PIPE A
8. 8 x 1.25 mm, 22 Nm (2.2
kgf/m, 16 lbf/ft), Replace.
Tighten the bolts in steps,
alternating side-to-side.
9. GASKET, Replace.
10. SELF-LOCKING NUT
10 x 1.25 mm, 33 Nm (3.4
kgf/m, 25 lbf/ft), Replace.

file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/9-4.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:31 PM]


file:///C|/...20EU3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/cnts.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:31 PM]
file:///C|/...%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/Contents.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:31 PM]
Service Manual Civic - Civic 2D Maintenance, Repair & Construction 01

SERVICE
MANUAL
CIVIC
CIVIC COUPE
MAINTENANCE, REPAIR &
CONSTRUCTION 01

file:///C|/...3%20EU5%20EU6%20EU7%20EU8%20EU9%20%20ES1%20ES4%20ES5%20ES8%20EM2/2/EngCivic/CHtml/Contents2.htm[8/25/2012 6:24:31 PM]

You might also like